1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 14 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 15 #include <linux/list.h> 16 #include <linux/bug.h> 17 #include <linux/netlink.h> 18 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 19 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 20 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 22 #include <linux/net.h> 23 #include <net/regulatory.h> 24 25 /** 26 * DOC: Introduction 27 * 28 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 29 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 30 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 31 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 32 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 33 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 34 * 35 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 36 * use restrictions. 37 */ 38 39 40 /** 41 * DOC: Device registration 42 * 43 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 44 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 45 * described below. 46 * 47 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 48 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 49 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 50 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 51 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 52 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 53 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 54 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 55 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 56 * 57 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 58 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 59 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 60 */ 61 62 struct wiphy; 63 64 /* 65 * wireless hardware capability structures 66 */ 67 68 /** 69 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 70 * 71 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 72 * 73 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 75 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 78 * is not permitted. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 80 * is not permitted. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 83 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 84 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 85 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 86 * restrictions. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 95 * on this channel. 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 97 * on this channel. 98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 99 * 100 */ 101 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 102 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 103 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 104 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 105 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 106 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 107 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 110 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 111 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 112 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 113 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 114 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 115 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 116 }; 117 118 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 119 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 120 121 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 122 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 123 124 /** 125 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 126 * 127 * This structure describes a single channel for use 128 * with cfg80211. 129 * 130 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 131 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 132 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 133 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 134 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 135 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 136 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 137 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 138 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 139 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 140 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 141 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 142 * @orig_mag: internal use 143 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 144 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 145 * on this channel. 146 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 147 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 148 */ 149 struct ieee80211_channel { 150 enum nl80211_band band; 151 u32 center_freq; 152 u16 hw_value; 153 u32 flags; 154 int max_antenna_gain; 155 int max_power; 156 int max_reg_power; 157 bool beacon_found; 158 u32 orig_flags; 159 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 160 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 161 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 162 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 163 }; 164 165 /** 166 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 167 * 168 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 169 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 170 * different bands/PHY modes. 171 * 172 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 173 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 174 * with CCK rates. 175 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 176 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 177 * core code when registering the wiphy. 178 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 179 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 180 * core code when registering the wiphy. 181 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 182 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 183 * core code when registering the wiphy. 184 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 185 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 186 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 187 */ 188 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 189 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 190 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 191 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 192 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 193 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 194 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 195 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 196 }; 197 198 /** 199 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 200 * 201 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 204 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 205 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 206 */ 207 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 208 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 211 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 212 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 213 }; 214 215 /** 216 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 217 * 218 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 219 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 220 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 221 */ 222 enum ieee80211_privacy { 223 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 224 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 225 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 226 }; 227 228 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 229 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 230 231 /** 232 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 233 * 234 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 235 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 236 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 237 * passed around. 238 * 239 * @flags: rate-specific flags 240 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 241 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 242 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 243 * short preamble is used 244 */ 245 struct ieee80211_rate { 246 u32 flags; 247 u16 bitrate; 248 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 249 }; 250 251 /** 252 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 253 * 254 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 255 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 256 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 257 */ 258 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 259 bool enable; 260 u8 min_offset; 261 u8 max_offset; 262 }; 263 264 /** 265 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 266 * 267 * @color: the current color. 268 * @disabled: is the feature disabled. 269 * @partial: define the AID equation. 270 */ 271 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 272 u8 color; 273 bool disabled; 274 bool partial; 275 }; 276 277 /** 278 * struct ieee80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 279 * 280 * @color: the current color. 281 * @disabled: is the feature disabled. 282 * @partial: define the AID equation. 283 */ 284 struct ieee80211_he_bss_color { 285 u8 color; 286 bool disabled; 287 bool partial; 288 }; 289 290 /** 291 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 292 * 293 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 294 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 295 * 296 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 297 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 298 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 299 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 300 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 301 */ 302 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 303 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 304 bool ht_supported; 305 u8 ampdu_factor; 306 u8 ampdu_density; 307 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 308 }; 309 310 /** 311 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 312 * 313 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 314 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 315 * 316 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 317 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 318 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 319 */ 320 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 321 bool vht_supported; 322 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 323 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 324 }; 325 326 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 327 328 /** 329 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 330 * 331 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 332 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 333 * 334 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 335 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 336 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 337 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 338 */ 339 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 340 bool has_he; 341 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 342 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 343 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 344 }; 345 346 /** 347 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data 348 * 349 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 350 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 351 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 352 * 353 * @types_mask: interface types mask 354 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 355 */ 356 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 357 u16 types_mask; 358 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 359 }; 360 361 /** 362 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 363 * 364 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 365 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 366 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 367 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 368 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 369 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 370 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 371 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 372 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 373 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 374 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 375 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 376 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 377 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 378 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 379 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 380 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 381 */ 382 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 383 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 384 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 385 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 386 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 387 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 388 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 389 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 390 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 391 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 392 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 393 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 394 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 395 }; 396 397 /** 398 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 399 * 400 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 401 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 402 * 403 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 404 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 405 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 406 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 407 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 408 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 409 */ 410 struct ieee80211_edmg { 411 u8 channels; 412 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 413 }; 414 415 /** 416 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 417 * 418 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 419 * is able to operate in. 420 * 421 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in 422 * in this band. 423 * @band: the band this structure represents 424 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 425 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 426 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 427 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 428 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 429 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 430 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 431 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 432 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 433 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 434 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 435 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 436 * iftype_data). 437 */ 438 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 439 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 440 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 441 enum nl80211_band band; 442 int n_channels; 443 int n_bitrates; 444 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 445 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 446 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 447 u16 n_iftype_data; 448 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 449 }; 450 451 /** 452 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 453 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 454 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 455 * 456 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 457 */ 458 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 459 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 460 u8 iftype) 461 { 462 int i; 463 464 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 465 return NULL; 466 467 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 468 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 469 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 470 471 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 472 return data; 473 } 474 475 return NULL; 476 } 477 478 /** 479 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 480 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 481 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 482 * 483 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 484 */ 485 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 486 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 487 u8 iftype) 488 { 489 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 490 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 491 492 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 493 return &data->he_cap; 494 495 return NULL; 496 } 497 498 /** 499 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA 500 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 501 * 502 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 503 */ 504 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 505 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) 506 { 507 return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); 508 } 509 510 /** 511 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 512 * 513 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 514 * 515 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 516 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 517 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 518 * 519 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 520 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 521 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 522 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 523 * without affecting other devices. 524 * 525 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 526 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 527 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 528 */ 529 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 530 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 531 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 532 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 533 { 534 } 535 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 536 537 538 /* 539 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 540 */ 541 542 /** 543 * DOC: Actions and configuration 544 * 545 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 546 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 547 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 548 * operations use are described separately. 549 * 550 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 551 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 552 * 553 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 554 * in a separate chapter. 555 */ 556 557 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 558 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 559 560 /** 561 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 562 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 563 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 564 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 565 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 566 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 567 * determine the address as needed. 568 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 569 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 570 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 571 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 572 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 573 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 574 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 575 */ 576 struct vif_params { 577 u32 flags; 578 int use_4addr; 579 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 580 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 581 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 582 }; 583 584 /** 585 * struct key_params - key information 586 * 587 * Information about a key 588 * 589 * @key: key material 590 * @key_len: length of key material 591 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 592 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 593 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 594 * length given by @seq_len. 595 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 596 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 597 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 598 */ 599 struct key_params { 600 const u8 *key; 601 const u8 *seq; 602 int key_len; 603 int seq_len; 604 u16 vlan_id; 605 u32 cipher; 606 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 607 }; 608 609 /** 610 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 611 * @chan: the (control) channel 612 * @width: channel width 613 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 614 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 615 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 616 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 617 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 618 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 619 * parameters are ignored. 620 */ 621 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 622 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 623 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 624 u32 center_freq1; 625 u32 center_freq2; 626 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 627 }; 628 629 /** 630 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 631 * @chandef: the channel definition 632 * 633 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 634 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 635 */ 636 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 637 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 638 { 639 switch (chandef->width) { 640 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 641 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 642 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 643 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 644 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 645 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 646 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 647 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 648 default: 649 WARN_ON(1); 650 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 651 } 652 } 653 654 /** 655 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 656 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 657 * @channel: the control channel 658 * @chantype: the channel type 659 * 660 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 661 */ 662 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 663 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 664 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 665 666 /** 667 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 668 * @chandef1: first channel definition 669 * @chandef2: second channel definition 670 * 671 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 672 * identical, %false otherwise. 673 */ 674 static inline bool 675 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 676 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 677 { 678 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 679 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 680 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 681 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 682 } 683 684 /** 685 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 686 * 687 * @chandef: the channel definition 688 * 689 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 690 */ 691 static inline bool 692 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 693 { 694 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 695 } 696 697 /** 698 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 699 * @chandef1: first channel definition 700 * @chandef2: second channel definition 701 * 702 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 703 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 704 */ 705 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 706 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 707 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 708 709 /** 710 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 711 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 712 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 713 */ 714 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 715 716 /** 717 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 718 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 719 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 720 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 721 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 722 */ 723 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 724 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 725 u32 prohibited_flags); 726 727 /** 728 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 729 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 730 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 731 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 732 * Returns: 733 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 734 */ 735 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 736 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 737 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 738 739 /** 740 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 741 * 742 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 743 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 744 * 745 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 746 * 747 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 748 */ 749 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 750 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 751 { 752 switch (chandef->width) { 753 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 754 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 755 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 756 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 757 default: 758 break; 759 } 760 return 0; 761 } 762 763 /** 764 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 765 * 766 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 767 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 768 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 769 * 770 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 771 * 772 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 773 */ 774 static inline int 775 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 776 { 777 switch (chandef->width) { 778 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 779 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 780 chandef->chan->max_power); 781 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 782 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 783 chandef->chan->max_power); 784 default: 785 break; 786 } 787 return chandef->chan->max_power; 788 } 789 790 /** 791 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 792 * 793 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 794 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 795 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 796 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 797 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 798 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 799 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 800 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 801 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 802 * 803 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 804 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 805 */ 806 enum survey_info_flags { 807 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 808 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 809 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 810 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 811 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 812 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 813 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 814 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 815 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 816 }; 817 818 /** 819 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 820 * 821 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 822 * record to report global statistics 823 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 824 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 825 * optional 826 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 827 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 828 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 829 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 830 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 831 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 832 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 833 * 834 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 835 * 836 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 837 * channel duty cycle etc. 838 */ 839 struct survey_info { 840 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 841 u64 time; 842 u64 time_busy; 843 u64 time_ext_busy; 844 u64 time_rx; 845 u64 time_tx; 846 u64 time_scan; 847 u64 time_bss_rx; 848 u32 filled; 849 s8 noise; 850 }; 851 852 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 853 854 /** 855 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 856 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 857 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 858 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 859 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 860 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 861 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 862 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 863 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 864 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 865 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 866 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 867 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 868 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 869 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 870 * protocol frames. 871 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 872 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 873 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 874 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 875 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 876 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 877 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 878 * offload) 879 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 880 */ 881 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 882 u32 wpa_versions; 883 u32 cipher_group; 884 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 885 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 886 int n_akm_suites; 887 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 888 bool control_port; 889 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 890 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 891 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 892 struct key_params *wep_keys; 893 int wep_tx_key; 894 const u8 *psk; 895 const u8 *sae_pwd; 896 u8 sae_pwd_len; 897 }; 898 899 /** 900 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 901 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 902 * or %NULL if not changed 903 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 904 * or %NULL if not changed 905 * @head_len: length of @head 906 * @tail_len: length of @tail 907 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 908 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 909 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 910 * frames or %NULL 911 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 912 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 913 * Response frames or %NULL 914 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 915 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 916 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 917 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 918 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 919 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 920 * (measurement type 8) 921 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 922 * Token (measurement type 11) 923 * @lci_len: LCI data length 924 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 925 */ 926 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 927 const u8 *head, *tail; 928 const u8 *beacon_ies; 929 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 930 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 931 const u8 *probe_resp; 932 const u8 *lci; 933 const u8 *civicloc; 934 s8 ftm_responder; 935 936 size_t head_len, tail_len; 937 size_t beacon_ies_len; 938 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 939 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 940 size_t probe_resp_len; 941 size_t lci_len; 942 size_t civicloc_len; 943 }; 944 945 struct mac_address { 946 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 947 }; 948 949 /** 950 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 951 * 952 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 953 * entry specified by mac_addr 954 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 955 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 956 */ 957 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 958 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 959 int n_acl_entries; 960 961 /* Keep it last */ 962 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 963 }; 964 965 /* 966 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 967 */ 968 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 969 struct { 970 u32 legacy; 971 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 972 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 973 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 974 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 975 }; 976 977 /** 978 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 979 * 980 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings 981 * 982 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication 983 */ 984 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { 985 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), 986 }; 987 988 /** 989 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 990 * 991 * Used to configure an AP interface. 992 * 993 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 994 * @beacon: beacon data 995 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 996 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 997 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 998 * user space) 999 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1000 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1001 * @crypto: crypto settings 1002 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1003 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1004 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1005 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1006 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1007 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1008 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1009 * MAC address based access control 1010 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1011 * networks. 1012 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1013 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1014 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1015 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1016 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1017 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1018 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1019 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 1020 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1021 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1022 */ 1023 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1024 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1025 1026 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1027 1028 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1029 const u8 *ssid; 1030 size_t ssid_len; 1031 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1032 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1033 bool privacy; 1034 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1035 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1036 int inactivity_timeout; 1037 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1038 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1039 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1040 bool pbss; 1041 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1042 1043 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1044 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1045 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1046 bool ht_required, vht_required; 1047 bool twt_responder; 1048 u32 flags; 1049 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1050 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1051 }; 1052 1053 /** 1054 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1055 * 1056 * Used for channel switch 1057 * 1058 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1059 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1060 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1061 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1062 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1063 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1064 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1065 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1066 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1067 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1068 */ 1069 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1070 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1071 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1072 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1073 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1074 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1075 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1076 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1077 bool radar_required; 1078 bool block_tx; 1079 u8 count; 1080 }; 1081 1082 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 1083 1084 /** 1085 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1086 * 1087 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1088 * 1089 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1090 * to use for verification 1091 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1092 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1093 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1094 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1095 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1096 * nl80211_iftype. 1097 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1098 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1099 * the verification 1100 */ 1101 struct iface_combination_params { 1102 int num_different_channels; 1103 u8 radar_detect; 1104 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1105 u32 new_beacon_int; 1106 }; 1107 1108 /** 1109 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1110 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1111 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1112 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1113 * 1114 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1115 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1116 */ 1117 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1118 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1119 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1120 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1121 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1122 }; 1123 1124 /** 1125 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1126 * 1127 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1128 * 1129 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1130 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1131 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1132 * power per-interface or per-station. 1133 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1134 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1135 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1136 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1137 * per peer TPC. 1138 */ 1139 struct sta_txpwr { 1140 s16 power; 1141 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1142 }; 1143 1144 /** 1145 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1146 * 1147 * Used to change and create a new station. 1148 * 1149 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1150 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1151 * (or NULL for no change) 1152 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1153 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1154 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1155 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1156 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1157 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1158 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1159 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1160 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1161 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1162 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1163 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1164 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1165 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1166 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1167 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1168 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1169 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1170 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1171 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1172 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1173 * to unknown) 1174 * @capability: station capability 1175 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1176 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1177 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1178 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1179 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1180 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1181 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1182 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1183 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1184 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1185 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1186 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1187 */ 1188 struct station_parameters { 1189 const u8 *supported_rates; 1190 struct net_device *vlan; 1191 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1192 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1193 int listen_interval; 1194 u16 aid; 1195 u16 vlan_id; 1196 u16 peer_aid; 1197 u8 supported_rates_len; 1198 u8 plink_action; 1199 u8 plink_state; 1200 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1201 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1202 u8 uapsd_queues; 1203 u8 max_sp; 1204 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1205 u16 capability; 1206 const u8 *ext_capab; 1207 u8 ext_capab_len; 1208 const u8 *supported_channels; 1209 u8 supported_channels_len; 1210 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1211 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1212 u8 opmode_notif; 1213 bool opmode_notif_used; 1214 int support_p2p_ps; 1215 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1216 u8 he_capa_len; 1217 u16 airtime_weight; 1218 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1219 }; 1220 1221 /** 1222 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1223 * 1224 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1225 * 1226 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1227 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1228 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1229 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1230 */ 1231 struct station_del_parameters { 1232 const u8 *mac; 1233 u8 subtype; 1234 u16 reason_code; 1235 }; 1236 1237 /** 1238 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1239 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1240 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1241 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1242 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1243 * the AP MLME in the device 1244 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1245 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1246 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1247 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1248 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1249 * supported/used) 1250 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1251 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1252 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1253 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1254 */ 1255 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1256 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1257 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1258 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1259 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1260 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1261 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1262 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1263 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1264 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1265 }; 1266 1267 /** 1268 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1269 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1270 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1271 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1272 * 1273 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1274 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1275 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1276 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1277 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1278 */ 1279 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1280 struct station_parameters *params, 1281 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1282 1283 /** 1284 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1285 * 1286 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1287 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1288 * 1289 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1290 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1291 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1292 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1293 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1294 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1295 */ 1296 enum rate_info_flags { 1297 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1298 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1299 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1300 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1301 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1302 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1303 }; 1304 1305 /** 1306 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1307 * 1308 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1309 * 1310 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1311 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1312 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1313 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1314 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1315 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1316 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1317 */ 1318 enum rate_info_bw { 1319 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1320 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1321 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1322 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1323 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1324 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1325 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1326 }; 1327 1328 /** 1329 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1330 * 1331 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1332 * 1333 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1334 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1335 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1336 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1337 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1338 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1339 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1340 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1341 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1342 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1343 */ 1344 struct rate_info { 1345 u8 flags; 1346 u8 mcs; 1347 u16 legacy; 1348 u8 nss; 1349 u8 bw; 1350 u8 he_gi; 1351 u8 he_dcm; 1352 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1353 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1354 }; 1355 1356 /** 1357 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1358 * 1359 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1360 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1361 * 1362 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1363 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1364 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1365 */ 1366 enum bss_param_flags { 1367 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1368 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1369 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1370 }; 1371 1372 /** 1373 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1374 * 1375 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1376 * 1377 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1378 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1379 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1380 */ 1381 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1382 u8 flags; 1383 u8 dtim_period; 1384 u16 beacon_interval; 1385 }; 1386 1387 /** 1388 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1389 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1390 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1391 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1392 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1393 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1394 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1395 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1396 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1397 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1398 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1399 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1400 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1401 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1402 */ 1403 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1404 u32 filled; 1405 u32 backlog_bytes; 1406 u32 backlog_packets; 1407 u32 flows; 1408 u32 drops; 1409 u32 ecn_marks; 1410 u32 overlimit; 1411 u32 overmemory; 1412 u32 collisions; 1413 u32 tx_bytes; 1414 u32 tx_packets; 1415 u32 max_flows; 1416 }; 1417 1418 /** 1419 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1420 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1421 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1422 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1423 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1424 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1425 * transmitted MSDUs 1426 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1427 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1428 */ 1429 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1430 u32 filled; 1431 u64 rx_msdu; 1432 u64 tx_msdu; 1433 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1434 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1435 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1436 }; 1437 1438 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1439 1440 /** 1441 * struct station_info - station information 1442 * 1443 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1444 * 1445 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1446 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1447 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1448 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1449 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1450 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1451 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1452 * @llid: mesh local link id 1453 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1454 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1455 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1456 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1457 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1458 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1459 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1460 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1461 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1462 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1463 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1464 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1465 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1466 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1467 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1468 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1469 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1470 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1471 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1472 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1473 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1474 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1475 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1476 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1477 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1478 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1479 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1480 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1481 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1482 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1483 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1484 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1485 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1486 * towards this station. 1487 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1488 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1489 * from this peer 1490 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1491 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1492 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1493 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1494 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1495 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1496 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1497 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1498 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1499 * been sent. 1500 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1501 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1502 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1503 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1504 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1505 */ 1506 struct station_info { 1507 u64 filled; 1508 u32 connected_time; 1509 u32 inactive_time; 1510 u64 assoc_at; 1511 u64 rx_bytes; 1512 u64 tx_bytes; 1513 u16 llid; 1514 u16 plid; 1515 u8 plink_state; 1516 s8 signal; 1517 s8 signal_avg; 1518 1519 u8 chains; 1520 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1521 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1522 1523 struct rate_info txrate; 1524 struct rate_info rxrate; 1525 u32 rx_packets; 1526 u32 tx_packets; 1527 u32 tx_retries; 1528 u32 tx_failed; 1529 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1530 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1531 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1532 1533 int generation; 1534 1535 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1536 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1537 1538 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1539 s64 t_offset; 1540 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1541 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1542 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1543 1544 u32 expected_throughput; 1545 1546 u64 tx_duration; 1547 u64 rx_duration; 1548 u64 rx_beacon; 1549 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1550 u8 connected_to_gate; 1551 1552 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1553 s8 ack_signal; 1554 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1555 1556 u16 airtime_weight; 1557 1558 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1559 u32 fcs_err_count; 1560 1561 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1562 }; 1563 1564 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1565 /** 1566 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1567 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1568 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1569 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1570 * 1571 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1572 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1573 * considered undefined. 1574 */ 1575 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1576 struct station_info *sinfo); 1577 #else 1578 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1579 const u8 *mac_addr, 1580 struct station_info *sinfo) 1581 { 1582 return -ENOENT; 1583 } 1584 #endif 1585 1586 /** 1587 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1588 * 1589 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1590 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1591 * 1592 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1593 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1594 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1595 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1596 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1597 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1598 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1599 */ 1600 enum monitor_flags { 1601 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1602 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1603 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1604 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1605 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1606 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1607 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1608 }; 1609 1610 /** 1611 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1612 * 1613 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1614 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1615 * 1616 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1617 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1618 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1619 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1620 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1621 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1622 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1623 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1624 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1625 */ 1626 enum mpath_info_flags { 1627 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1628 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1629 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1630 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1631 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1632 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1633 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1634 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1635 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1636 }; 1637 1638 /** 1639 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1640 * 1641 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1642 * 1643 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1644 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1645 * @sn: target sequence number 1646 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1647 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1648 * @flags: mesh path flags 1649 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1650 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1651 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1652 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1653 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1654 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1655 * @hop_count: hops to destination 1656 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 1657 */ 1658 struct mpath_info { 1659 u32 filled; 1660 u32 frame_qlen; 1661 u32 sn; 1662 u32 metric; 1663 u32 exptime; 1664 u32 discovery_timeout; 1665 u8 discovery_retries; 1666 u8 flags; 1667 u8 hop_count; 1668 u32 path_change_count; 1669 1670 int generation; 1671 }; 1672 1673 /** 1674 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1675 * 1676 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1677 * 1678 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1679 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1680 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1681 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1682 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1683 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1684 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1685 * (or NULL for no change) 1686 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1687 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1688 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1689 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1690 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1691 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1692 */ 1693 struct bss_parameters { 1694 int use_cts_prot; 1695 int use_short_preamble; 1696 int use_short_slot_time; 1697 const u8 *basic_rates; 1698 u8 basic_rates_len; 1699 int ap_isolate; 1700 int ht_opmode; 1701 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 1702 }; 1703 1704 /** 1705 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 1706 * 1707 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 1708 * 1709 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 1710 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 1711 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 1712 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 1713 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 1714 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 1715 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 1716 * mesh interface 1717 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 1718 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 1719 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 1720 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 1721 * elements 1722 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 1723 * detect compatible mesh peers 1724 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 1725 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 1726 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 1727 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 1728 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 1729 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 1730 * a path discovery in milliseconds 1731 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1732 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 1733 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 1734 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1735 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 1736 * element 1737 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1738 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 1739 * element 1740 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 1741 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 1742 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 1743 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 1744 * announcements are transmitted 1745 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 1746 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 1747 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 1748 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 1749 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 1750 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 1751 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 1752 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 1753 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 1754 * station to establish a peer link 1755 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 1756 * 1757 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1758 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 1759 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 1760 * 1761 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 1762 * PREQs are transmitted. 1763 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 1764 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 1765 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 1766 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 1767 * setting for new peer links. 1768 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 1769 * after transmitting its beacon. 1770 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 1771 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 1772 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 1773 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 1774 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 1775 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 1776 * in the mesh path table 1777 */ 1778 struct mesh_config { 1779 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 1780 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 1781 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 1782 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 1783 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 1784 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 1785 u8 element_ttl; 1786 bool auto_open_plinks; 1787 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 1788 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 1789 u32 path_refresh_time; 1790 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 1791 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 1792 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 1793 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 1794 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 1795 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 1796 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 1797 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 1798 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 1799 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 1800 s32 rssi_threshold; 1801 u16 ht_opmode; 1802 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 1803 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 1804 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 1805 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 1806 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 1807 u32 plink_timeout; 1808 }; 1809 1810 /** 1811 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 1812 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1813 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 1814 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 1815 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 1816 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 1817 * @path_metric: which metric to use 1818 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 1819 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 1820 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 1821 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 1822 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 1823 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 1824 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 1825 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 1826 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 1827 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 1828 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1829 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 1830 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 1831 * to operate on DFS channels. 1832 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1833 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1834 * 1835 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 1836 */ 1837 struct mesh_setup { 1838 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1839 const u8 *mesh_id; 1840 u8 mesh_id_len; 1841 u8 sync_method; 1842 u8 path_sel_proto; 1843 u8 path_metric; 1844 u8 auth_id; 1845 const u8 *ie; 1846 u8 ie_len; 1847 bool is_authenticated; 1848 bool is_secure; 1849 bool user_mpm; 1850 u8 dtim_period; 1851 u16 beacon_interval; 1852 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1853 u32 basic_rates; 1854 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1855 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 1856 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1857 }; 1858 1859 /** 1860 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 1861 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1862 * 1863 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 1864 */ 1865 struct ocb_setup { 1866 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1867 }; 1868 1869 /** 1870 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 1871 * @ac: AC identifier 1872 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 1873 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1874 * 1..32767] 1875 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1876 * 1..32767] 1877 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 1878 */ 1879 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 1880 enum nl80211_ac ac; 1881 u16 txop; 1882 u16 cwmin; 1883 u16 cwmax; 1884 u8 aifs; 1885 }; 1886 1887 /** 1888 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 1889 * 1890 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 1891 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 1892 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 1893 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 1894 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 1895 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 1896 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 1897 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 1898 * in the wiphy structure. 1899 * 1900 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 1901 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 1902 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 1903 * 1904 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 1905 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 1906 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 1907 * to userspace. 1908 */ 1909 1910 /** 1911 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 1912 * @ssid: the SSID 1913 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 1914 */ 1915 struct cfg80211_ssid { 1916 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 1917 u8 ssid_len; 1918 }; 1919 1920 /** 1921 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 1922 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 1923 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 1924 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 1925 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 1926 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 1927 * userspace will be notified of that 1928 */ 1929 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 1930 u64 scan_start_tsf; 1931 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1932 bool aborted; 1933 }; 1934 1935 /** 1936 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 1937 * 1938 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 1939 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1940 * @channels: channels to scan on. 1941 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1942 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1943 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1944 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1945 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 1946 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 1947 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 1948 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 1949 * %duration field. 1950 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1951 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 1952 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1953 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 1954 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 1955 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 1956 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 1957 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 1958 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1959 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1960 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1961 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1962 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 1963 */ 1964 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 1965 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1966 int n_ssids; 1967 u32 n_channels; 1968 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1969 const u8 *ie; 1970 size_t ie_len; 1971 u16 duration; 1972 bool duration_mandatory; 1973 u32 flags; 1974 1975 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1976 1977 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 1978 1979 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1980 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1981 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1982 1983 /* internal */ 1984 struct wiphy *wiphy; 1985 unsigned long scan_start; 1986 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 1987 bool notified; 1988 bool no_cck; 1989 1990 /* keep last */ 1991 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 1992 }; 1993 1994 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 1995 { 1996 int i; 1997 1998 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 1999 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2000 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2001 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2002 } 2003 } 2004 2005 /** 2006 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2007 * 2008 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2009 * or no match (RSSI only) 2010 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2011 * or no match (RSSI only) 2012 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2013 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2014 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2015 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2016 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2017 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2018 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2019 * corresponding matchset. 2020 */ 2021 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2022 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2023 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2024 s32 rssi_thold; 2025 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2026 }; 2027 2028 /** 2029 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2030 * 2031 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2032 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2033 * infinite loop. 2034 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2035 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2036 */ 2037 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2038 u32 interval; 2039 u32 iterations; 2040 }; 2041 2042 /** 2043 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2044 * 2045 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2046 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2047 */ 2048 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2049 enum nl80211_band band; 2050 s8 delta; 2051 }; 2052 2053 /** 2054 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2055 * 2056 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2057 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2058 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2059 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2060 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2061 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2062 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2063 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2064 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2065 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2066 * (others are filtered out). 2067 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2068 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2069 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2070 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2071 * @dev: the interface 2072 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2073 * @channels: channels to scan 2074 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2075 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2076 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2077 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2078 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2079 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2080 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2081 * index must be executed first. 2082 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2083 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2084 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2085 * owned by a particular socket) 2086 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2087 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2088 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2089 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2090 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2091 * supported. 2092 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2093 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2094 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2095 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2096 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2097 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2098 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2099 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2100 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2101 * comparisions. 2102 */ 2103 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2104 u64 reqid; 2105 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2106 int n_ssids; 2107 u32 n_channels; 2108 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2109 const u8 *ie; 2110 size_t ie_len; 2111 u32 flags; 2112 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2113 int n_match_sets; 2114 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2115 u32 delay; 2116 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2117 int n_scan_plans; 2118 2119 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2120 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2121 2122 bool relative_rssi_set; 2123 s8 relative_rssi; 2124 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2125 2126 /* internal */ 2127 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2128 struct net_device *dev; 2129 unsigned long scan_start; 2130 bool report_results; 2131 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2132 u32 owner_nlportid; 2133 bool nl_owner_dead; 2134 struct list_head list; 2135 2136 /* keep last */ 2137 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 2138 }; 2139 2140 /** 2141 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2142 * 2143 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2144 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2145 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2146 */ 2147 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2148 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2149 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2150 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2151 }; 2152 2153 /** 2154 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2155 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2156 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2157 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2158 * signal type 2159 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2160 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2161 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2162 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2163 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2164 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2165 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2166 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2167 * by %parent_bssid. 2168 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2169 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2170 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2171 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2172 */ 2173 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2174 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2175 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2176 s32 signal; 2177 u64 boottime_ns; 2178 u64 parent_tsf; 2179 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2180 u8 chains; 2181 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2182 }; 2183 2184 /** 2185 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2186 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2187 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2188 * @len: length of the IEs 2189 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2190 * @data: IE data 2191 */ 2192 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2193 u64 tsf; 2194 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2195 int len; 2196 bool from_beacon; 2197 u8 data[]; 2198 }; 2199 2200 /** 2201 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2202 * 2203 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2204 * for use in scan results and similar. 2205 * 2206 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2207 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2208 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2209 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2210 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2211 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2212 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2213 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2214 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2215 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2216 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2217 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2218 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2219 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2220 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2221 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2222 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2223 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2224 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2225 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2226 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2227 * (multi-BSSID support) 2228 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2229 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2230 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2231 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2232 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2233 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2234 */ 2235 struct cfg80211_bss { 2236 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2237 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2238 2239 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2240 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2241 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2242 2243 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2244 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2245 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2246 2247 s32 signal; 2248 2249 u16 beacon_interval; 2250 u16 capability; 2251 2252 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2253 u8 chains; 2254 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2255 2256 u8 bssid_index; 2257 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2258 2259 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2260 }; 2261 2262 /** 2263 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2264 * @bss: the bss to search 2265 * @id: the element ID 2266 * 2267 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2268 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2269 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2270 */ 2271 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2272 2273 /** 2274 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2275 * @bss: the bss to search 2276 * @id: the element ID 2277 * 2278 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2279 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2280 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2281 */ 2282 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2283 { 2284 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2285 } 2286 2287 2288 /** 2289 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2290 * 2291 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2292 * authentication. 2293 * 2294 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2295 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2296 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2297 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2298 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2299 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2300 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2301 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2302 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2303 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2304 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2305 * transaction sequence number field. 2306 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2307 */ 2308 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2309 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2310 const u8 *ie; 2311 size_t ie_len; 2312 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2313 const u8 *key; 2314 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2315 const u8 *auth_data; 2316 size_t auth_data_len; 2317 }; 2318 2319 /** 2320 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2321 * 2322 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2323 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2324 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2325 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2326 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2327 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2328 * request (connect callback). 2329 */ 2330 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2331 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2332 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2333 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2334 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2335 }; 2336 2337 /** 2338 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2339 * 2340 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2341 * (re)association. 2342 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2343 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2344 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2345 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2346 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2347 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2348 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2349 * @crypto: crypto settings 2350 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2351 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2352 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2353 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2354 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2355 * frame. 2356 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2357 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2358 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2359 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2360 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2361 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2362 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2363 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2364 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2365 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2366 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2367 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2368 */ 2369 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2370 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2371 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2372 size_t ie_len; 2373 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2374 bool use_mfp; 2375 u32 flags; 2376 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2377 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2378 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2379 const u8 *fils_kek; 2380 size_t fils_kek_len; 2381 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2382 }; 2383 2384 /** 2385 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2386 * 2387 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2388 * deauthentication. 2389 * 2390 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2391 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2392 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2393 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2394 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2395 * do not set a deauth frame 2396 */ 2397 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2398 const u8 *bssid; 2399 const u8 *ie; 2400 size_t ie_len; 2401 u16 reason_code; 2402 bool local_state_change; 2403 }; 2404 2405 /** 2406 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2407 * 2408 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2409 * disassociation. 2410 * 2411 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2412 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2413 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2414 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2415 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2416 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2417 */ 2418 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2419 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2420 const u8 *ie; 2421 size_t ie_len; 2422 u16 reason_code; 2423 bool local_state_change; 2424 }; 2425 2426 /** 2427 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2428 * 2429 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2430 * method. 2431 * 2432 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2433 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2434 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2435 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2436 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2437 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2438 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2439 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2440 * @ie_len: length of that 2441 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2442 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2443 * after joining 2444 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2445 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2446 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2447 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2448 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2449 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2450 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2451 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2452 * to operate on DFS channels. 2453 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2454 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2455 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2456 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2457 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2458 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2459 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2460 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2461 */ 2462 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2463 const u8 *ssid; 2464 const u8 *bssid; 2465 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2466 const u8 *ie; 2467 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2468 u16 beacon_interval; 2469 u32 basic_rates; 2470 bool channel_fixed; 2471 bool privacy; 2472 bool control_port; 2473 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2474 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2475 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2476 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2477 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2478 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2479 int wep_tx_key; 2480 }; 2481 2482 /** 2483 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2484 * 2485 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2486 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2487 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2488 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2489 */ 2490 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2491 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2492 union { 2493 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2494 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2495 } param; 2496 }; 2497 2498 /** 2499 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2500 * 2501 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2502 * authentication and association. 2503 * 2504 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2505 * on scan results) 2506 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2507 * %NULL if not specified 2508 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2509 * results) 2510 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2511 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2512 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2513 * to use. 2514 * @ssid: SSID 2515 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2516 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2517 * @ie: IEs for association request 2518 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2519 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2520 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2521 * @crypto: crypto settings 2522 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2523 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2524 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2525 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2526 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2527 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2528 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2529 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2530 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2531 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2532 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2533 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2534 * networks. 2535 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2536 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2537 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2538 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2539 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2540 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2541 * frame. 2542 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2543 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2544 * data IE. 2545 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2546 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2547 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2548 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2549 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2550 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2551 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2552 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2553 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2554 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2555 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2556 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2557 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 2558 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 2559 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 2560 */ 2561 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2562 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2563 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2564 const u8 *bssid; 2565 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2566 const u8 *ssid; 2567 size_t ssid_len; 2568 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2569 const u8 *ie; 2570 size_t ie_len; 2571 bool privacy; 2572 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2573 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2574 const u8 *key; 2575 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2576 u32 flags; 2577 int bg_scan_period; 2578 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2579 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2580 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2581 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2582 bool pbss; 2583 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2584 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2585 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2586 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2587 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2588 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2589 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2590 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2591 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2592 bool want_1x; 2593 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 2594 }; 2595 2596 /** 2597 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2598 * 2599 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2600 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2601 * 2602 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2603 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2604 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2605 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2606 */ 2607 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2608 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2609 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2610 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2611 }; 2612 2613 /** 2614 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2615 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2616 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2617 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2618 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2619 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2620 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2621 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2622 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2623 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2624 */ 2625 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2626 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2627 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2628 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2629 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2630 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2631 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2632 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2633 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2634 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2635 }; 2636 2637 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 2638 2639 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 2640 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 2641 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 2642 2643 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 2644 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 2645 2646 /** 2647 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2648 * 2649 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2650 * caching. 2651 * 2652 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2653 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2654 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2655 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2656 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2657 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2658 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2659 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2660 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 2661 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 2662 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 2663 * %NULL). 2664 */ 2665 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 2666 const u8 *bssid; 2667 const u8 *pmkid; 2668 const u8 *pmk; 2669 size_t pmk_len; 2670 const u8 *ssid; 2671 size_t ssid_len; 2672 const u8 *cache_id; 2673 }; 2674 2675 /** 2676 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 2677 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 2678 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 2679 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 2680 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 2681 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 2682 * 2683 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 2684 * memory, free @mask only! 2685 */ 2686 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 2687 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 2688 int pattern_len; 2689 int pkt_offset; 2690 }; 2691 2692 /** 2693 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 2694 * 2695 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 2696 * @src: source IP address 2697 * @dst: destination IP address 2698 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 2699 * @src_port: source port 2700 * @dst_port: destination port 2701 * @payload_len: data payload length 2702 * @payload: data payload buffer 2703 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 2704 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 2705 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 2706 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 2707 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 2708 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 2709 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 2710 */ 2711 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 2712 struct socket *sock; 2713 __be32 src, dst; 2714 u16 src_port, dst_port; 2715 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 2716 int payload_len; 2717 const u8 *payload; 2718 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 2719 u32 data_interval; 2720 u32 wake_len; 2721 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 2722 u32 tokens_size; 2723 /* must be last, variable member */ 2724 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 2725 }; 2726 2727 /** 2728 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 2729 * 2730 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 2731 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 2732 * operating as normal during suspend 2733 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 2734 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 2735 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 2736 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2737 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 2738 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 2739 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 2740 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 2741 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 2742 * NULL if not configured. 2743 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 2744 */ 2745 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 2746 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2747 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2748 rfkill_release; 2749 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2750 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 2751 int n_patterns; 2752 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 2753 }; 2754 2755 /** 2756 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 2757 * 2758 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 2759 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 2760 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 2761 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 2762 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 2763 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2764 */ 2765 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 2766 int delay; 2767 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 2768 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2769 int n_patterns; 2770 }; 2771 2772 /** 2773 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 2774 * 2775 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 2776 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 2777 * @n_rules: number of rules 2778 */ 2779 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 2780 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 2781 int n_rules; 2782 }; 2783 2784 /** 2785 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 2786 * 2787 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 2788 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 2789 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 2790 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 2791 * occurred (in MHz) 2792 */ 2793 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 2794 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2795 int n_channels; 2796 u32 channels[]; 2797 }; 2798 2799 /** 2800 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 2801 * 2802 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 2803 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 2804 * match information. 2805 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 2806 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 2807 */ 2808 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 2809 int n_matches; 2810 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 2811 }; 2812 2813 /** 2814 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 2815 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 2816 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 2817 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 2818 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 2819 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 2820 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 2821 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 2822 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 2823 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 2824 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 2825 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 2826 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 2827 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 2828 * it is. 2829 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 2830 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 2831 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 2832 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 2833 */ 2834 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 2835 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2836 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2837 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 2838 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 2839 s32 pattern_idx; 2840 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 2841 const void *packet; 2842 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 2843 }; 2844 2845 /** 2846 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 2847 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes) 2848 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes) 2849 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 2850 */ 2851 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 2852 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 2853 }; 2854 2855 /** 2856 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 2857 * 2858 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 2859 * 2860 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 2861 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 2862 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 2863 */ 2864 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 2865 u16 md; 2866 const u8 *ie; 2867 size_t ie_len; 2868 }; 2869 2870 /** 2871 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 2872 * 2873 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 2874 * 2875 * @chan: channel to use 2876 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 2877 * @wait: duration for ROC 2878 * @buf: buffer to transmit 2879 * @len: buffer length 2880 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 2881 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 2882 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 2883 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 2884 */ 2885 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 2886 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2887 bool offchan; 2888 unsigned int wait; 2889 const u8 *buf; 2890 size_t len; 2891 bool no_cck; 2892 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 2893 int n_csa_offsets; 2894 const u16 *csa_offsets; 2895 }; 2896 2897 /** 2898 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 2899 * 2900 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 2901 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 2902 */ 2903 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 2904 u8 dscp; 2905 u8 up; 2906 }; 2907 2908 /** 2909 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 2910 * 2911 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2912 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2913 */ 2914 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 2915 u8 low; 2916 u8 high; 2917 }; 2918 2919 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 2920 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 2921 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 2922 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 2923 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 2924 2925 /** 2926 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 2927 * 2928 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 2929 * 2930 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 2931 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 2932 * the user priority DSCP range definition 2933 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 2934 */ 2935 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 2936 u8 num_des; 2937 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 2938 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 2939 }; 2940 2941 /** 2942 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 2943 * 2944 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 2945 * 2946 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 2947 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 2948 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 2949 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 2950 */ 2951 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 2952 u8 master_pref; 2953 u8 bands; 2954 }; 2955 2956 /** 2957 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 2958 * configuration 2959 * 2960 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 2961 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 2962 */ 2963 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 2964 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 2965 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 2966 }; 2967 2968 /** 2969 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 2970 * 2971 * @filter: the content of the filter 2972 * @len: the length of the filter 2973 */ 2974 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 2975 const u8 *filter; 2976 u8 len; 2977 }; 2978 2979 /** 2980 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 2981 * 2982 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 2983 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 2984 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 2985 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 2986 * implementation specific. 2987 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 2988 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 2989 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 2990 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 2991 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 2992 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 2993 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 2994 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 2995 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 2996 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 2997 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 2998 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 2999 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3000 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3001 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3002 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3003 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3004 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3005 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3006 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3007 */ 3008 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3009 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3010 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3011 u8 publish_type; 3012 bool close_range; 3013 bool publish_bcast; 3014 bool subscribe_active; 3015 u8 followup_id; 3016 u8 followup_reqid; 3017 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3018 u32 ttl; 3019 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3020 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3021 bool srf_include; 3022 const u8 *srf_bf; 3023 u8 srf_bf_len; 3024 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3025 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3026 int srf_num_macs; 3027 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3028 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3029 u8 num_tx_filters; 3030 u8 num_rx_filters; 3031 u8 instance_id; 3032 u64 cookie; 3033 }; 3034 3035 /** 3036 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3037 * 3038 * @aa: authenticator address 3039 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3040 * @pmk: the PMK material 3041 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3042 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3043 * holds PMK-R0. 3044 */ 3045 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3046 const u8 *aa; 3047 u8 pmk_len; 3048 const u8 *pmk; 3049 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3050 }; 3051 3052 /** 3053 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3054 * 3055 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3056 * 3057 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3058 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3059 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3060 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3061 * authentication response command interface. 3062 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3063 * authentication response command interface. 3064 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3065 * authentication request event interface. 3066 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3067 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3068 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3069 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3070 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3071 */ 3072 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3073 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3074 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3075 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3076 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3077 u16 status; 3078 const u8 *pmkid; 3079 }; 3080 3081 /** 3082 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3083 * 3084 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3085 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3086 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3087 * answered 3088 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3089 * successfully answered 3090 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3091 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3092 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3093 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3094 * of how much time the responder was busy 3095 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3096 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3097 * the responder 3098 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3099 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3100 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3101 */ 3102 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3103 u32 filled; 3104 u32 success_num; 3105 u32 partial_num; 3106 u32 failed_num; 3107 u32 asap_num; 3108 u32 non_asap_num; 3109 u64 total_duration_ms; 3110 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3111 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3112 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3113 }; 3114 3115 /** 3116 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3117 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3118 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3119 * reason than just "failure" 3120 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3121 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3122 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3123 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3124 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3125 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3126 * by the responder 3127 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3128 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3129 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3130 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3131 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3132 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3133 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3134 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3135 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3136 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3137 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3138 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3139 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3140 * the square root of the variance) 3141 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3142 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3143 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3144 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3145 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3146 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3147 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3148 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3149 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3150 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3151 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3152 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3153 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3154 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3155 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3156 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3157 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3158 */ 3159 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3160 const u8 *lci; 3161 const u8 *civicloc; 3162 unsigned int lci_len; 3163 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3164 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3165 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3166 s16 burst_index; 3167 u8 busy_retry_time; 3168 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3169 u8 burst_duration; 3170 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3171 s32 rssi_avg; 3172 s32 rssi_spread; 3173 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3174 s64 rtt_avg; 3175 s64 rtt_variance; 3176 s64 rtt_spread; 3177 s64 dist_avg; 3178 s64 dist_variance; 3179 s64 dist_spread; 3180 3181 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3182 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3183 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3184 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3185 tx_rate_valid:1, 3186 rx_rate_valid:1, 3187 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3188 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3189 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3190 dist_avg_valid:1, 3191 dist_variance_valid:1, 3192 dist_spread_valid:1; 3193 }; 3194 3195 /** 3196 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3197 * @addr: address of the peer 3198 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3199 * measurement was made) 3200 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3201 * @status: status of the measurement 3202 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3203 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3204 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3205 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3206 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3207 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3208 */ 3209 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3210 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3211 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3212 3213 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3214 3215 u8 final:1, 3216 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3217 3218 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3219 3220 union { 3221 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3222 }; 3223 }; 3224 3225 /** 3226 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3227 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3228 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3229 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3230 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3231 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3232 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3233 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3234 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3235 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3236 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3237 * 3238 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3239 */ 3240 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3241 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3242 u16 burst_period; 3243 u8 requested:1, 3244 asap:1, 3245 request_lci:1, 3246 request_civicloc:1; 3247 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3248 u8 burst_duration; 3249 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3250 u8 ftmr_retries; 3251 }; 3252 3253 /** 3254 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3255 * @addr: MAC address 3256 * @chandef: channel to use 3257 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3258 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3259 */ 3260 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3261 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3262 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3263 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3264 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3265 }; 3266 3267 /** 3268 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3269 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3270 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3271 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3272 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3273 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3274 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3275 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3276 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3277 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3278 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3279 * zero it means there's no timeout 3280 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3281 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3282 */ 3283 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3284 u64 cookie; 3285 void *drv_data; 3286 u32 n_peers; 3287 u32 nl_portid; 3288 3289 u32 timeout; 3290 3291 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3292 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3293 3294 struct list_head list; 3295 3296 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3297 }; 3298 3299 /** 3300 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3301 * 3302 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3303 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3304 * 3305 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3306 * 3307 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3308 * has to be done. 3309 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3310 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3311 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3312 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3313 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3314 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3315 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3316 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3317 */ 3318 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3319 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3320 u16 status; 3321 const u8 *ie; 3322 size_t ie_len; 3323 }; 3324 3325 /** 3326 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3327 * 3328 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3329 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3330 * 3331 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3332 * on success or a negative error code. 3333 * 3334 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the 3335 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this 3336 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext. 3337 * 3338 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3339 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3340 * configured for the device. 3341 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3342 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3343 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3344 * the device. 3345 * 3346 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3347 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3348 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3349 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3350 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3351 * 3352 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3353 * 3354 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3355 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3356 * 3357 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3358 * when adding a group key. 3359 * 3360 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3361 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3362 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3363 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3364 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3365 * 3366 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3367 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3368 * 3369 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3370 * 3371 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3372 * 3373 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3374 * 3375 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3376 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3377 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3378 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3379 * 3380 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3381 * @del_station: Remove a station 3382 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3383 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3384 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3385 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3386 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3387 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3388 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3389 * 3390 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3391 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3392 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3393 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3394 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3395 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3396 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3397 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3398 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3399 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3400 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3401 * 3402 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3403 * 3404 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3405 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3406 * set, and which to leave alone. 3407 * 3408 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3409 * 3410 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3411 * 3412 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3413 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3414 * join the mesh instead. 3415 * 3416 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3417 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3418 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3419 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3420 * 3421 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3422 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3423 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3424 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3425 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3426 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3427 * 3428 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3429 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3430 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3431 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3432 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3433 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3434 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3435 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3436 * 3437 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3438 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3439 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3440 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3441 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3442 * was received. 3443 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3444 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3445 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3446 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3447 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3448 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3449 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3450 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3451 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3452 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3453 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3454 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3455 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3456 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3457 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3458 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3459 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3460 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3461 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3462 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3463 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3464 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3465 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3466 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3467 * 3468 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3469 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3470 * to a merge. 3471 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3472 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3473 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3474 * 3475 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3476 * MESH mode) 3477 * 3478 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3479 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3480 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3481 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3482 * 3483 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3484 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3485 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3486 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3487 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3488 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3489 * return 0 if successful 3490 * 3491 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface 3492 * 3493 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3494 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3495 * 3496 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3497 * 3498 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3499 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3500 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3501 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3502 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3503 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3504 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3505 * the duration value. 3506 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3507 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3508 * frame on another channel 3509 * 3510 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3511 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3512 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3513 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3514 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3515 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3516 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3517 * 3518 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3519 * 3520 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3521 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3522 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3523 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3524 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3525 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3526 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3527 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3528 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3529 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3530 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3531 * disabled.) 3532 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3533 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3534 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3535 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3536 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3537 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3538 * thresholds. 3539 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3540 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3541 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3542 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3543 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3544 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3545 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3546 * 3547 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was 3548 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3549 * 3550 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3551 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3552 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3553 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3554 * 3555 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3556 * 3557 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3558 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3559 * 3560 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3561 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3562 * 3563 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3564 * 3565 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3566 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3567 * current monitoring channel. 3568 * 3569 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3570 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3571 * 3572 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3573 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3574 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3575 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3576 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3577 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3578 * 3579 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3580 * 3581 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 3582 * was finished on another phy. 3583 * 3584 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3585 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3586 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3587 * 3588 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3589 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3590 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3591 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3592 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3593 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3594 * 3595 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3596 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3597 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3598 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3599 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3600 * as soon as possible. 3601 * 3602 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3603 * 3604 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3605 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3606 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3607 * 3608 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 3609 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 3610 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 3611 * account. 3612 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 3613 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 3614 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 3615 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 3616 * rejected) 3617 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 3618 * 3619 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 3620 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3621 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 3622 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3623 * 3624 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 3625 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 3626 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 3627 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 3628 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 3629 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 3630 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 3631 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 3632 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 3633 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 3634 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 3635 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 3636 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 3637 * provided @nan_func. 3638 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 3639 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 3640 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 3641 * All other parameters must be ignored. 3642 * 3643 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 3644 * 3645 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 3646 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 3647 * 3648 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 3649 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 3650 * upon which the driver should clear it. 3651 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3652 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 3653 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3654 * 3655 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 3656 * user space 3657 * 3658 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 3659 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 3660 * 3661 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 3662 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 3663 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 3664 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 3665 * 3666 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 3667 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 3668 * DH IE through this interface. 3669 * 3670 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 3671 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 3672 */ 3673 struct cfg80211_ops { 3674 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 3675 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3676 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 3677 3678 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3679 const char *name, 3680 unsigned char name_assign_type, 3681 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3682 struct vif_params *params); 3683 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3684 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3685 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3686 struct net_device *dev, 3687 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3688 struct vif_params *params); 3689 3690 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3691 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3692 struct key_params *params); 3693 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3694 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3695 void *cookie, 3696 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 3697 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3698 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 3699 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3700 struct net_device *netdev, 3701 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 3702 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3703 struct net_device *netdev, 3704 u8 key_index); 3705 3706 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3707 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 3708 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3709 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 3710 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3711 3712 3713 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3714 const u8 *mac, 3715 struct station_parameters *params); 3716 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3717 struct station_del_parameters *params); 3718 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3719 const u8 *mac, 3720 struct station_parameters *params); 3721 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3722 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3723 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3724 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3725 3726 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3727 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3728 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3729 const u8 *dst); 3730 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3731 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3732 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3733 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3734 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3735 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 3736 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3737 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3738 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3739 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3740 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 3741 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3742 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3743 struct net_device *dev, 3744 struct mesh_config *conf); 3745 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3746 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 3747 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 3748 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3749 const struct mesh_config *conf, 3750 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 3751 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3752 3753 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3754 struct ocb_setup *setup); 3755 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3756 3757 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3758 struct bss_parameters *params); 3759 3760 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3761 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 3762 3763 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3764 struct net_device *dev, 3765 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 3766 3767 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3768 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3769 3770 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3771 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 3772 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3773 3774 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3775 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 3776 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3777 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 3778 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3779 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 3780 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3781 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 3782 3783 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3784 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 3785 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3786 struct net_device *dev, 3787 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 3788 u32 changed); 3789 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3790 u16 reason_code); 3791 3792 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3793 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 3794 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3795 3796 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3797 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 3798 3799 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 3800 3801 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3802 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 3803 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3804 int *dbm); 3805 3806 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3807 const u8 *addr); 3808 3809 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3810 3811 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 3812 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3813 void *data, int len); 3814 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 3815 struct netlink_callback *cb, 3816 void *data, int len); 3817 #endif 3818 3819 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3820 struct net_device *dev, 3821 const u8 *peer, 3822 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 3823 3824 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3825 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 3826 3827 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3828 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3829 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3830 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3831 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 3832 3833 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3834 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3835 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 3836 unsigned int duration, 3837 u64 *cookie); 3838 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3839 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3840 u64 cookie); 3841 3842 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3843 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 3844 u64 *cookie); 3845 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3846 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3847 u64 cookie); 3848 3849 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3850 bool enabled, int timeout); 3851 3852 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3853 struct net_device *dev, 3854 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 3855 3856 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3857 struct net_device *dev, 3858 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 3859 3860 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3861 struct net_device *dev, 3862 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 3863 3864 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3865 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3866 u16 frame_type, bool reg); 3867 3868 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 3869 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 3870 3871 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3872 struct net_device *dev, 3873 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 3874 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3875 u64 reqid); 3876 3877 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3878 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 3879 3880 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3881 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 3882 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 3883 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3884 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3885 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 3886 3887 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3888 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 3889 3890 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3891 struct net_device *dev, 3892 u16 noack_map); 3893 3894 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3895 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3896 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3897 3898 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3899 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3900 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3901 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3902 3903 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3904 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 3905 3906 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3907 struct net_device *dev, 3908 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 3909 u32 cac_time_ms); 3910 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3911 struct net_device *dev); 3912 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3913 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 3914 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3915 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3916 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 3917 u16 duration); 3918 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3919 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3920 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3921 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 3922 3923 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3924 struct net_device *dev, 3925 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 3926 3927 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3928 struct net_device *dev, 3929 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 3930 3931 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3932 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3933 3934 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3935 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 3936 u16 admitted_time); 3937 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3938 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 3939 3940 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3941 struct net_device *dev, 3942 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 3943 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3944 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3945 struct net_device *dev, 3946 const u8 *addr); 3947 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3948 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 3949 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3950 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3951 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 3952 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3953 u64 cookie); 3954 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3955 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3956 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 3957 u32 changes); 3958 3959 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3960 struct net_device *dev, 3961 const bool enabled); 3962 3963 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3964 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3965 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 3966 3967 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3968 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 3969 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3970 const u8 *aa); 3971 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3972 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 3973 3974 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3975 struct net_device *dev, 3976 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 3977 const u8 *dest, const u8 *src, 3978 const __be16 proto, 3979 const bool noencrypt); 3980 3981 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3982 struct net_device *dev, 3983 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 3984 3985 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3986 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3987 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3988 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3989 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3990 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 3991 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3992 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3993 }; 3994 3995 /* 3996 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 3997 * and registration/helper functions 3998 */ 3999 4000 /** 4001 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4002 * 4003 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4004 * wiphy at all 4005 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4006 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4007 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4008 * reason to override the default 4009 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4010 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4011 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4012 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4013 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4014 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4015 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4016 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4017 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4018 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4019 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4020 * firmware. 4021 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4022 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4023 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4024 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4025 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4026 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4027 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4028 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4029 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4030 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4031 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4032 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4033 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4034 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4035 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4036 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4037 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4038 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4039 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 4040 * before connection. 4041 */ 4042 enum wiphy_flags { 4043 /* use hole at 0 */ 4044 /* use hole at 1 */ 4045 /* use hole at 2 */ 4046 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4047 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4048 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4049 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4050 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4051 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4052 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4053 /* use hole at 11 */ 4054 /* use hole at 12 */ 4055 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4056 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4057 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4058 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4059 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4060 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4061 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4062 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4063 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4064 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4065 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4066 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 4067 }; 4068 4069 /** 4070 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4071 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4072 * @types: interface types (bits) 4073 */ 4074 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4075 u16 max; 4076 u16 types; 4077 }; 4078 4079 /** 4080 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4081 * 4082 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4083 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4084 * 4085 * Examples: 4086 * 4087 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4088 * 4089 * .. code-block:: c 4090 * 4091 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4092 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4093 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 4094 * }; 4095 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4096 * .limits = limits1, 4097 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4098 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4099 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4100 * }; 4101 * 4102 * 4103 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4104 * 4105 * .. code-block:: c 4106 * 4107 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4108 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4109 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4110 * }; 4111 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4112 * .limits = limits2, 4113 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4114 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4115 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4116 * }; 4117 * 4118 * 4119 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4120 * 4121 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4122 * 4123 * .. code-block:: c 4124 * 4125 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4126 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4127 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4128 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4129 * }; 4130 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4131 * .limits = limits3, 4132 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4133 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4134 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4135 * }; 4136 * 4137 */ 4138 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4139 /** 4140 * @limits: 4141 * limits for the given interface types 4142 */ 4143 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4144 4145 /** 4146 * @num_different_channels: 4147 * can use up to this many different channels 4148 */ 4149 u32 num_different_channels; 4150 4151 /** 4152 * @max_interfaces: 4153 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4154 */ 4155 u16 max_interfaces; 4156 4157 /** 4158 * @n_limits: 4159 * number of limitations 4160 */ 4161 u8 n_limits; 4162 4163 /** 4164 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4165 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4166 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4167 */ 4168 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4169 4170 /** 4171 * @radar_detect_widths: 4172 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4173 */ 4174 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4175 4176 /** 4177 * @radar_detect_regions: 4178 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4179 */ 4180 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4181 4182 /** 4183 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4184 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4185 * 4186 * = 0 4187 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4188 * > 0 4189 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4190 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4191 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4192 */ 4193 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4194 }; 4195 4196 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4197 u16 tx, rx; 4198 }; 4199 4200 /** 4201 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4202 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4203 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4204 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4205 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4206 * packet should be preserved in that case 4207 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4208 * (see nl80211.h) 4209 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4210 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4211 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4212 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4213 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4214 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4215 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4216 */ 4217 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4218 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4219 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4220 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4221 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4222 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4223 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4224 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4225 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4226 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4227 }; 4228 4229 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4230 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4231 u32 data_payload_max; 4232 u32 data_interval_max; 4233 u32 wake_payload_max; 4234 bool seq; 4235 }; 4236 4237 /** 4238 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4239 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4240 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4241 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4242 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4243 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4244 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4245 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4246 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4247 * scheduled scans. 4248 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4249 * details. 4250 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4251 */ 4252 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4253 u32 flags; 4254 int n_patterns; 4255 int pattern_max_len; 4256 int pattern_min_len; 4257 int max_pkt_offset; 4258 int max_nd_match_sets; 4259 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4260 }; 4261 4262 /** 4263 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4264 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4265 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4266 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4267 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4268 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4269 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4270 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4271 */ 4272 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4273 int n_rules; 4274 int max_delay; 4275 int n_patterns; 4276 int pattern_max_len; 4277 int pattern_min_len; 4278 int max_pkt_offset; 4279 }; 4280 4281 /** 4282 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4283 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4284 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4285 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4286 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4287 */ 4288 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4289 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4290 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4291 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4292 }; 4293 4294 /** 4295 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4296 * 4297 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4298 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4299 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4300 * 4301 */ 4302 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4303 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4304 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4305 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4306 }; 4307 4308 /** 4309 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4310 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4311 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4312 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4313 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4314 */ 4315 4316 struct sta_opmode_info { 4317 u32 changed; 4318 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4319 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4320 u8 rx_nss; 4321 }; 4322 4323 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4324 4325 /** 4326 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4327 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4328 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4329 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4330 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4331 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4332 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4333 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4334 * dumpit calls. 4335 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4336 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4337 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4338 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4339 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4340 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4341 * are used with dump requests. 4342 */ 4343 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4344 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4345 u32 flags; 4346 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4347 const void *data, int data_len); 4348 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4349 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4350 unsigned long *storage); 4351 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4352 unsigned int maxattr; 4353 }; 4354 4355 /** 4356 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4357 * @iftype: interface type 4358 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4359 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4360 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4361 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4362 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4363 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4364 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4365 */ 4366 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4367 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4368 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4369 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4370 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4371 }; 4372 4373 /** 4374 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4375 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4376 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4377 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4378 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4379 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4380 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4381 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4382 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4383 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4384 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4385 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4386 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4387 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4388 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4389 * not limited) 4390 */ 4391 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4392 unsigned int max_peers; 4393 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4394 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4395 4396 struct { 4397 u32 preambles; 4398 u32 bandwidths; 4399 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4400 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4401 u8 supported:1, 4402 asap:1, 4403 non_asap:1, 4404 request_lci:1, 4405 request_civicloc:1; 4406 } ftm; 4407 }; 4408 4409 /** 4410 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 4411 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 4412 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 4413 * 4414 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 4415 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 4416 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4417 */ 4418 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 4419 u16 iftypes_mask; 4420 const u32 *akm_suites; 4421 int n_akm_suites; 4422 }; 4423 4424 /** 4425 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4426 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4427 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4428 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4429 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4430 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4431 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4432 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4433 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4434 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4435 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4436 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 4437 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 4438 * iftype_akm_suites. 4439 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4440 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 4441 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 4442 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 4443 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 4444 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 4445 * suites are specified separately. 4446 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4447 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4448 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4449 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4450 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4451 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4452 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4453 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4454 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4455 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4456 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4457 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4458 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4459 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4460 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4461 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4462 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4463 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4464 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4465 * unregister hardware 4466 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed 4467 * automatically on wiphy renames 4468 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy 4469 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister 4470 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4471 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4472 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4473 * must be set by driver 4474 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4475 * list single interface types. 4476 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4477 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4478 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4479 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4480 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4481 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4482 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4483 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4484 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4485 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4486 * this variable determines its size 4487 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4488 * any given scan 4489 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4490 * the device can run concurrently. 4491 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4492 * for in any given scheduled scan 4493 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4494 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4495 * supported. 4496 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4497 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4498 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4499 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4500 * scans 4501 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4502 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4503 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4504 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4505 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4506 * scan plan supported by the device. 4507 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4508 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4509 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4510 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4511 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4512 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4513 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4514 * 4515 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4516 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4517 * type 4518 * 4519 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4520 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4521 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4522 * 4523 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4524 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4525 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4526 * 4527 * @probe_resp_offload: 4528 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4529 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4530 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4531 * 4532 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4533 * may request, if implemented. 4534 * 4535 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4536 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4537 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4538 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4539 * 4540 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4541 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4542 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4543 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4544 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4545 * 4546 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4547 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4548 * 4549 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4550 * supports for ACL. 4551 * 4552 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4553 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4554 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4555 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4556 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4557 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4558 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4559 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4560 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4561 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4562 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4563 * capabilities are specified separately. 4564 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4565 * 4566 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4567 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4568 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4569 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4570 * 4571 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4572 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4573 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4574 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4575 * 4576 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 4577 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 4578 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 4579 * infinite. 4580 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the 4581 * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which 4582 * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the 4583 * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set 4584 * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate. 4585 * This value should be set in MHz. 4586 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 4587 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 4588 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 4589 * 4590 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 4591 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 4592 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4593 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4594 * 4595 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 4596 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 4597 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 4598 * 4599 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 4600 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 4601 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 4602 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 4603 * 4604 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 4605 */ 4606 struct wiphy { 4607 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 4608 4609 /* permanent MAC address(es) */ 4610 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4611 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 4612 4613 struct mac_address *addresses; 4614 4615 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 4616 4617 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 4618 int n_iface_combinations; 4619 u16 software_iftypes; 4620 4621 u16 n_addresses; 4622 4623 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 4624 u16 interface_modes; 4625 4626 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 4627 4628 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 4629 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 4630 4631 u32 ap_sme_capa; 4632 4633 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 4634 4635 int bss_priv_size; 4636 u8 max_scan_ssids; 4637 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 4638 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 4639 u8 max_match_sets; 4640 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 4641 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 4642 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 4643 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 4644 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 4645 4646 int n_cipher_suites; 4647 const u32 *cipher_suites; 4648 4649 int n_akm_suites; 4650 const u32 *akm_suites; 4651 4652 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 4653 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 4654 4655 u8 retry_short; 4656 u8 retry_long; 4657 u32 frag_threshold; 4658 u32 rts_threshold; 4659 u8 coverage_class; 4660 4661 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 4662 u32 hw_version; 4663 4664 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 4665 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 4666 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 4667 #endif 4668 4669 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 4670 4671 u8 max_num_pmkids; 4672 4673 u32 available_antennas_tx; 4674 u32 available_antennas_rx; 4675 4676 /* 4677 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading 4678 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4679 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4680 */ 4681 u32 probe_resp_offload; 4682 4683 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 4684 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4685 4686 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 4687 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 4688 4689 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. 4690 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't 4691 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered 4692 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to 4693 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */ 4694 const void *privid; 4695 4696 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4697 4698 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */ 4699 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4700 struct regulatory_request *request); 4701 4702 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 4703 4704 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 4705 4706 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this, 4707 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */ 4708 struct device dev; 4709 4710 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */ 4711 bool registered; 4712 4713 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */ 4714 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 4715 4716 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 4717 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 4718 4719 struct list_head wdev_list; 4720 4721 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */ 4722 possible_net_t _net; 4723 4724 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4725 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 4726 #endif 4727 4728 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 4729 4730 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 4731 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 4732 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 4733 4734 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 4735 4736 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 4737 u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp; 4738 4739 u32 bss_select_support; 4740 4741 u8 nan_supported_bands; 4742 4743 u32 txq_limit; 4744 u32 txq_memory_limit; 4745 u32 txq_quantum; 4746 4747 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 4748 4749 u8 support_mbssid:1, 4750 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 4751 4752 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 4753 4754 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 4755 }; 4756 4757 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4758 { 4759 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 4760 } 4761 4762 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 4763 { 4764 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 4765 } 4766 4767 /** 4768 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 4769 * 4770 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 4771 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 4772 */ 4773 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4774 { 4775 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 4776 return &wiphy->priv; 4777 } 4778 4779 /** 4780 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 4781 * 4782 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 4783 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 4784 */ 4785 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 4786 { 4787 BUG_ON(!priv); 4788 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 4789 } 4790 4791 /** 4792 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 4793 * 4794 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 4795 * @dev: The device to parent it to 4796 */ 4797 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 4798 { 4799 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 4800 } 4801 4802 /** 4803 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 4804 * 4805 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 4806 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 4807 */ 4808 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4809 { 4810 return wiphy->dev.parent; 4811 } 4812 4813 /** 4814 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 4815 * 4816 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 4817 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 4818 */ 4819 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 4820 { 4821 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 4822 } 4823 4824 /** 4825 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4826 * 4827 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4828 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4829 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 4830 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 4831 * 4832 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4833 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4834 * 4835 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4836 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4837 */ 4838 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 4839 const char *requested_name); 4840 4841 /** 4842 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4843 * 4844 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4845 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4846 * 4847 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4848 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4849 * 4850 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4851 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4852 */ 4853 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 4854 int sizeof_priv) 4855 { 4856 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 4857 } 4858 4859 /** 4860 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 4861 * 4862 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 4863 * 4864 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 4865 */ 4866 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4867 4868 /** 4869 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 4870 * 4871 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 4872 * 4873 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 4874 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 4875 * request that is being handled. 4876 */ 4877 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4878 4879 /** 4880 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 4881 * 4882 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 4883 */ 4884 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4885 4886 /* internal structs */ 4887 struct cfg80211_conn; 4888 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 4889 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 4890 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 4891 4892 /** 4893 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 4894 * 4895 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 4896 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 4897 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 4898 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 4899 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device. 4900 * 4901 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 4902 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 4903 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 4904 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 4905 * 4906 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 4907 * @iftype: interface type 4908 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 4909 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 4910 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 4911 * wireless device if it has no netdev 4912 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4913 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 4914 * the user-set channel definition. 4915 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 4916 * track the channel to be used for AP later 4917 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4918 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4919 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4920 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4921 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4922 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 4923 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 4924 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 4925 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 4926 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 4927 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 4928 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 4929 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 4930 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 4931 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 4932 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 4933 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 4934 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 4935 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 4936 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 4937 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 4938 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 4939 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list 4940 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 4941 * and some API functions require it held 4942 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 4943 * beacons, 0 when not valid 4944 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 4945 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 4946 * the P2P Device. 4947 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 4948 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 4949 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 4950 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 4951 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 4952 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 4953 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 4954 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 4955 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 4956 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 4957 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 4958 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 4959 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 4960 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 4961 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 4962 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 4963 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 4964 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 4965 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 4966 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 4967 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 4968 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 4969 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 4970 */ 4971 struct wireless_dev { 4972 struct wiphy *wiphy; 4973 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4974 4975 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 4976 struct list_head list; 4977 struct net_device *netdev; 4978 4979 u32 identifier; 4980 4981 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 4982 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; 4983 4984 struct mutex mtx; 4985 4986 bool use_4addr, is_running; 4987 4988 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 4989 4990 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 4991 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4992 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 4993 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 4994 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 4995 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 4996 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 4997 4998 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 4999 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5000 5001 struct list_head event_list; 5002 spinlock_t event_lock; 5003 5004 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 5005 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5006 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5007 5008 bool ibss_fixed; 5009 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 5010 5011 bool ps; 5012 int ps_timeout; 5013 5014 int beacon_interval; 5015 5016 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5017 5018 u32 owner_nlportid; 5019 bool nl_owner_dead; 5020 5021 bool cac_started; 5022 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5023 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5024 5025 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5026 /* wext data */ 5027 struct { 5028 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 5029 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 5030 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 5031 const u8 *ie; 5032 size_t ie_len; 5033 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5034 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5035 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5036 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 5037 bool prev_bssid_valid; 5038 } wext; 5039 #endif 5040 5041 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 5042 5043 struct list_head pmsr_list; 5044 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 5045 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 5046 }; 5047 5048 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5049 { 5050 if (wdev->netdev) 5051 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 5052 return wdev->address; 5053 } 5054 5055 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5056 { 5057 if (wdev->netdev) 5058 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 5059 return wdev->is_running; 5060 } 5061 5062 /** 5063 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 5064 * 5065 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 5066 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 5067 */ 5068 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5069 { 5070 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5071 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5072 } 5073 5074 /** 5075 * DOC: Utility functions 5076 * 5077 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5078 */ 5079 5080 /** 5081 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5082 * @chan: channel number 5083 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5084 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5085 */ 5086 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5087 5088 /** 5089 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5090 * @freq: center frequency 5091 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5092 */ 5093 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq); 5094 5095 /** 5096 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 5097 * 5098 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5099 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel 5100 * 5101 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5102 */ 5103 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq); 5104 5105 /** 5106 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 5107 * 5108 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5109 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 5110 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 5111 * 5112 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 5113 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 5114 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 5115 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 5116 */ 5117 struct ieee80211_rate * 5118 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5119 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 5120 5121 /** 5122 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 5123 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5124 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 5125 * 5126 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 5127 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 5128 */ 5129 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5130 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 5131 5132 /* 5133 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 5134 * 5135 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 5136 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt 5137 */ 5138 5139 struct radiotap_align_size { 5140 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 5141 }; 5142 5143 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 5144 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 5145 int n_bits; 5146 uint32_t oui; 5147 uint8_t subns; 5148 }; 5149 5150 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 5151 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 5152 int n_ns; 5153 }; 5154 5155 /** 5156 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 5157 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 5158 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 5159 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 5160 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 5161 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 5162 * the beginning of the actual data portion 5163 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 5164 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 5165 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 5166 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 5167 * radiotap namespace or not 5168 * 5169 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 5170 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 5171 * @_arg_index: next argument index 5172 * @_arg: next argument pointer 5173 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 5174 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5175 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5176 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 5177 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5178 * next bitmap word 5179 * 5180 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5181 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5182 */ 5183 5184 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5185 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5186 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5187 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5188 5189 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5190 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5191 5192 unsigned char *this_arg; 5193 int this_arg_index; 5194 int this_arg_size; 5195 5196 int is_radiotap_ns; 5197 5198 int _max_length; 5199 int _arg_index; 5200 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5201 int _reset_on_ext; 5202 }; 5203 5204 int 5205 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5206 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5207 int max_length, 5208 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5209 5210 int 5211 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5212 5213 5214 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5215 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5216 5217 /** 5218 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5219 * 5220 * @skb: the frame 5221 * 5222 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5223 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5224 * 5225 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5226 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5227 * 802.11 header. 5228 */ 5229 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5230 5231 /** 5232 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5233 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5234 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5235 */ 5236 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5237 5238 /** 5239 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5240 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5241 * (first byte) will be accessed 5242 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5243 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5244 */ 5245 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5246 5247 /** 5248 * DOC: Data path helpers 5249 * 5250 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5251 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5252 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5253 */ 5254 5255 /** 5256 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5257 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5258 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5259 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5260 * @addr: the device MAC address 5261 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5262 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5263 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5264 */ 5265 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5266 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5267 u8 data_offset); 5268 5269 /** 5270 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5271 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5272 * @addr: the device MAC address 5273 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5274 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5275 */ 5276 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5277 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5278 { 5279 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); 5280 } 5281 5282 /** 5283 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5284 * 5285 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5286 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5287 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5288 * 5289 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5290 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5291 * initialized by by the caller. 5292 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5293 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5294 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5295 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5296 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5297 */ 5298 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5299 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5300 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5301 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5302 5303 /** 5304 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5305 * @skb: the data frame 5306 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5307 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5308 */ 5309 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5310 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5311 5312 /** 5313 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5314 * 5315 * @eid: element ID 5316 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5317 * @len: length of data 5318 * @match: byte array to match 5319 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5320 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5321 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5322 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5323 * the data portion instead. 5324 * 5325 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5326 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5327 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5328 * requested element struct. 5329 * 5330 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5331 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5332 * byte array to match. 5333 */ 5334 const struct element * 5335 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5336 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5337 unsigned int match_offset); 5338 5339 /** 5340 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 5341 * 5342 * @eid: element ID 5343 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5344 * @len: length of data 5345 * @match: byte array to match 5346 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5347 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 5348 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 5349 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 5350 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 5351 * the second byte is the IE length. 5352 * 5353 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5354 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5355 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 5356 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5357 * element ID. 5358 * 5359 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5360 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5361 * byte array to match. 5362 */ 5363 static inline const u8 * 5364 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5365 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5366 unsigned int match_offset) 5367 { 5368 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 5369 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 5370 */ 5371 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 5372 (!match_len && match_offset))) 5373 return NULL; 5374 5375 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 5376 match, match_len, 5377 match_offset ? 5378 match_offset - 2 : 0); 5379 } 5380 5381 /** 5382 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 5383 * 5384 * @eid: element ID 5385 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5386 * @len: length of data 5387 * 5388 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5389 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5390 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5391 * requested element struct. 5392 * 5393 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5394 * having to fit into the given data. 5395 */ 5396 static inline const struct element * 5397 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5398 { 5399 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5400 } 5401 5402 /** 5403 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 5404 * 5405 * @eid: element ID 5406 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5407 * @len: length of data 5408 * 5409 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5410 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5411 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5412 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5413 * 5414 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5415 * having to fit into the given data. 5416 */ 5417 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5418 { 5419 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5420 } 5421 5422 /** 5423 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 5424 * 5425 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5426 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5427 * @len: length of data 5428 * 5429 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 5430 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5431 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5432 * requested element struct. 5433 * 5434 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5435 * having to fit into the given data. 5436 */ 5437 static inline const struct element * 5438 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5439 { 5440 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5441 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 5442 } 5443 5444 /** 5445 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 5446 * 5447 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5448 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5449 * @len: length of data 5450 * 5451 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 5452 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5453 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5454 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5455 * 5456 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5457 * having to fit into the given data. 5458 */ 5459 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5460 { 5461 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5462 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 5463 } 5464 5465 /** 5466 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 5467 * 5468 * @oui: vendor OUI 5469 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5470 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5471 * @len: length of data 5472 * 5473 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5474 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 5475 * return the element structure for the requested element. 5476 * 5477 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5478 * the given data. 5479 */ 5480 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5481 const u8 *ies, 5482 unsigned int len); 5483 5484 /** 5485 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 5486 * 5487 * @oui: vendor OUI 5488 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5489 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5490 * @len: length of data 5491 * 5492 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5493 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 5494 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5495 * element ID. 5496 * 5497 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5498 * the given data. 5499 */ 5500 static inline const u8 * 5501 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5502 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 5503 { 5504 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 5505 } 5506 5507 /** 5508 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 5509 * 5510 * @dev: network device 5511 * @addr: STA MAC address 5512 * 5513 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 5514 * devices upon STA association. 5515 */ 5516 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5517 5518 /** 5519 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 5520 * 5521 * TODO 5522 */ 5523 5524 /** 5525 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 5526 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 5527 * conflicts) 5528 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 5529 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 5530 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 5531 * alpha2. 5532 * 5533 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 5534 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 5535 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 5536 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 5537 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 5538 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 5539 * 5540 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 5541 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 5542 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 5543 * 5544 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5545 * an -ENOMEM. 5546 * 5547 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 5548 */ 5549 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 5550 5551 /** 5552 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 5553 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5554 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 5555 * 5556 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 5557 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 5558 * information. 5559 * 5560 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5561 */ 5562 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5563 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5564 5565 /** 5566 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers 5567 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5568 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 5569 * 5570 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain 5571 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see 5572 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 5573 * 5574 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5575 */ 5576 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5577 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5578 5579 /** 5580 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 5581 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5582 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 5583 * 5584 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 5585 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 5586 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 5587 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 5588 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 5589 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 5590 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 5591 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 5592 * that called this helper. 5593 */ 5594 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5595 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 5596 5597 /** 5598 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 5599 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 5600 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 5601 * 5602 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 5603 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 5604 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 5605 * and processed already. 5606 * 5607 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 5608 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 5609 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 5610 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 5611 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 5612 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 5613 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 5614 */ 5615 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5616 u32 center_freq); 5617 5618 /** 5619 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 5620 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 5621 * 5622 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 5623 * proper string representation. 5624 */ 5625 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 5626 5627 /** 5628 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 5629 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 5630 * 5631 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 5632 */ 5633 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5634 5635 /** 5636 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 5637 * 5638 */ 5639 5640 /** 5641 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 5642 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 5643 * 5644 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 5645 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 5646 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 5647 * 5648 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 5649 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 5650 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 5651 * 5652 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5653 * an -ENODATA. 5654 * 5655 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 5656 */ 5657 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 5658 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 5659 5660 /* 5661 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 5662 * functions and BSS handling helpers 5663 */ 5664 5665 /** 5666 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 5667 * 5668 * @request: the corresponding scan request 5669 * @info: information about the completed scan 5670 */ 5671 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 5672 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 5673 5674 /** 5675 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 5676 * 5677 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 5678 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5679 */ 5680 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5681 5682 /** 5683 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5684 * 5685 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5686 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5687 * 5688 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5689 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5690 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5691 */ 5692 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5693 5694 /** 5695 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5696 * 5697 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5698 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5699 * 5700 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5701 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5702 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5703 * This function should be called with rtnl locked. 5704 */ 5705 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5706 5707 /** 5708 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 5709 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5710 * @data: the BSS metadata 5711 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 5712 * @len: length of the management frame 5713 * @gfp: context flags 5714 * 5715 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5716 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5717 * 5718 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5719 * Or %NULL on error. 5720 */ 5721 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5722 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5723 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5724 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5725 gfp_t gfp); 5726 5727 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5728 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5729 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5730 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5731 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5732 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5733 { 5734 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5735 .chan = rx_channel, 5736 .scan_width = scan_width, 5737 .signal = signal, 5738 }; 5739 5740 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5741 } 5742 5743 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5744 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5745 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5746 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5747 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5748 { 5749 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5750 .chan = rx_channel, 5751 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5752 .signal = signal, 5753 }; 5754 5755 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5756 } 5757 5758 /** 5759 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 5760 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 5761 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 5762 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 5763 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 5764 */ 5765 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 5766 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 5767 { 5768 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 5769 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 5770 u64 new_bssid_u64; 5771 5772 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 5773 5774 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 5775 5776 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 5777 } 5778 5779 /** 5780 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 5781 * @element: element to check 5782 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 5783 */ 5784 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 5785 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 5786 5787 /** 5788 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 5789 * @ie: ies 5790 * @ielen: length of IEs 5791 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 5792 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 5793 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 5794 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 5795 */ 5796 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5797 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 5798 const struct element *sub_elem, 5799 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 5800 5801 /** 5802 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 5803 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 5804 * from a beacon or probe response 5805 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 5806 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 5807 */ 5808 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 5809 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 5810 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 5811 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 5812 }; 5813 5814 /** 5815 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 5816 * 5817 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5818 * @data: the BSS metadata 5819 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 5820 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 5821 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 5822 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 5823 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 5824 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 5825 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 5826 * @gfp: context flags 5827 * 5828 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5829 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5830 * 5831 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5832 * Or %NULL on error. 5833 */ 5834 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5835 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5836 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5837 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5838 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5839 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5840 gfp_t gfp); 5841 5842 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5843 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5844 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5845 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5846 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5847 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5848 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5849 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5850 { 5851 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5852 .chan = rx_channel, 5853 .scan_width = scan_width, 5854 .signal = signal, 5855 }; 5856 5857 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5858 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5859 gfp); 5860 } 5861 5862 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5863 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5864 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5865 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5866 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5867 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5868 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5869 { 5870 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5871 .chan = rx_channel, 5872 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5873 .signal = signal, 5874 }; 5875 5876 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5877 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5878 gfp); 5879 } 5880 5881 /** 5882 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 5883 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5884 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 5885 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 5886 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 5887 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 5888 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 5889 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 5890 */ 5891 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5892 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5893 const u8 *bssid, 5894 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 5895 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 5896 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 5897 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 5898 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5899 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5900 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 5901 { 5902 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 5903 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 5904 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 5905 } 5906 5907 /** 5908 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 5909 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5910 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 5911 * 5912 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5913 */ 5914 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5915 5916 /** 5917 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 5918 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5919 * @bss: the BSS struct 5920 * 5921 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5922 */ 5923 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5924 5925 /** 5926 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 5927 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5928 * @bss: the bss to remove 5929 * 5930 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 5931 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 5932 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 5933 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 5934 */ 5935 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5936 5937 /** 5938 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 5939 * 5940 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 5941 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 5942 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 5943 * 5944 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5945 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 5946 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 5947 * @iter: the iterator function to call 5948 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 5949 */ 5950 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5951 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 5952 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5953 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5954 void *data), 5955 void *iter_data); 5956 5957 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 5958 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 5959 { 5960 switch (chandef->width) { 5961 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5962 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 5963 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 5964 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 5965 default: 5966 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 5967 } 5968 } 5969 5970 /** 5971 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 5972 * @dev: network device 5973 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 5974 * @len: length of the frame data 5975 * 5976 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 5977 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 5978 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 5979 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5980 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5981 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5982 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 5983 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 5984 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 5985 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 5986 * 5987 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5988 */ 5989 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5990 5991 /** 5992 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 5993 * @dev: network device 5994 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 5995 * 5996 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 5997 * mutex. 5998 */ 5999 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6000 6001 /** 6002 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 6003 * @dev: network device 6004 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 6005 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 6006 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 6007 * @len: length of the frame data 6008 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 6009 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 6010 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 6011 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 6012 * 6013 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6014 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6015 * 6016 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6017 */ 6018 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 6019 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6020 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6021 int uapsd_queues, 6022 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 6023 6024 /** 6025 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 6026 * @dev: network device 6027 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 6028 * 6029 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6030 */ 6031 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6032 6033 /** 6034 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 6035 * @dev: network device 6036 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 6037 * 6038 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 6039 * an association attempt was abandoned. 6040 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6041 */ 6042 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6043 6044 /** 6045 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 6046 * @dev: network device 6047 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 6048 * @len: length of the frame data 6049 * 6050 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 6051 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 6052 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 6053 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 6054 */ 6055 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6056 6057 /** 6058 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 6059 * @dev: network device 6060 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) 6061 * @len: length of the frame data 6062 * 6063 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 6064 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 6065 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. 6066 */ 6067 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 6068 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6069 6070 /** 6071 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 6072 * @dev: network device 6073 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 6074 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 6075 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 6076 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 6077 * @gfp: allocation flags 6078 * 6079 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 6080 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 6081 * primitive. 6082 */ 6083 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6084 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 6085 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 6086 6087 /** 6088 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 6089 * 6090 * @dev: network device 6091 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 6092 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 6093 * @gfp: allocation flags 6094 * 6095 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 6096 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 6097 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 6098 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 6099 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 6100 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 6101 */ 6102 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6103 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 6104 6105 /** 6106 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate 6107 * 6108 * @dev: network device 6109 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 6110 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 6111 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 6112 * @gfp: allocation flags 6113 * 6114 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 6115 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 6116 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 6117 */ 6118 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 6119 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 6120 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 6121 6122 /** 6123 * DOC: RFkill integration 6124 * 6125 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 6126 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 6127 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 6128 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 6129 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 6130 * 6131 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 6132 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 6133 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 6134 */ 6135 6136 /** 6137 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 6138 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6139 * @blocked: block status 6140 */ 6141 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); 6142 6143 /** 6144 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 6145 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6146 */ 6147 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6148 6149 /** 6150 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 6151 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6152 */ 6153 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6154 6155 /** 6156 * DOC: Vendor commands 6157 * 6158 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 6159 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 6160 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 6161 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 6162 * the configuration mechanism. 6163 * 6164 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 6165 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 6166 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 6167 * 6168 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 6169 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 6170 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 6171 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 6172 * managers etc. need. 6173 */ 6174 6175 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6176 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6177 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6178 int approxlen); 6179 6180 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6181 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6182 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6183 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6184 unsigned int portid, 6185 int vendor_event_idx, 6186 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6187 6188 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6189 6190 /** 6191 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6192 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6193 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6194 * be put into the skb 6195 * 6196 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6197 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6198 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6199 * 6200 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6201 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6202 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6203 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6204 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6205 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6206 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6207 * 6208 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 6209 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 6210 * 6211 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6212 */ 6213 static inline struct sk_buff * 6214 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6215 { 6216 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6217 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 6218 } 6219 6220 /** 6221 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 6222 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6223 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 6224 * 6225 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6226 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 6227 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 6228 * skb regardless of the return value. 6229 * 6230 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6231 */ 6232 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6233 6234 /** 6235 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender 6236 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6237 * 6238 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6239 * Valid to call only there. 6240 */ 6241 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6242 6243 /** 6244 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6245 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6246 * @wdev: the wireless device 6247 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6248 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6249 * be put into the skb 6250 * @gfp: allocation flags 6251 * 6252 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6253 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6254 * 6255 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6256 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6257 * attribute. 6258 * 6259 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6260 * skb to send the event. 6261 * 6262 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6263 */ 6264 static inline struct sk_buff * 6265 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6266 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6267 { 6268 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6269 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6270 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6271 } 6272 6273 /** 6274 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6275 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6276 * @wdev: the wireless device 6277 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6278 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6279 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6280 * be put into the skb 6281 * @gfp: allocation flags 6282 * 6283 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6284 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6285 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6286 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6287 * 6288 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6289 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6290 * attribute. 6291 * 6292 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6293 * skb to send the event. 6294 * 6295 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6296 */ 6297 static inline struct sk_buff * 6298 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6299 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6300 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6301 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6302 { 6303 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6304 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6305 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6306 } 6307 6308 /** 6309 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 6310 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 6311 * @gfp: allocation flags 6312 * 6313 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6314 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 6315 */ 6316 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6317 { 6318 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6319 } 6320 6321 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 6322 /** 6323 * DOC: Test mode 6324 * 6325 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 6326 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 6327 * factory programming. 6328 * 6329 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 6330 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 6331 */ 6332 6333 /** 6334 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 6335 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6336 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6337 * be put into the skb 6338 * 6339 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6340 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6341 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 6342 * 6343 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 6344 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6345 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6346 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6347 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6348 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 6349 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 6350 * 6351 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 6352 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 6353 * 6354 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6355 */ 6356 static inline struct sk_buff * 6357 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6358 { 6359 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6360 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 6361 } 6362 6363 /** 6364 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 6365 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6366 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 6367 * 6368 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6369 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 6370 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 6371 * regardless of the return value. 6372 * 6373 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6374 */ 6375 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 6376 { 6377 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 6378 } 6379 6380 /** 6381 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 6382 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6383 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6384 * be put into the skb 6385 * @gfp: allocation flags 6386 * 6387 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6388 * testmode multicast group. 6389 * 6390 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 6391 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 6392 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 6393 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 6394 * in any other way. 6395 * 6396 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 6397 * skb to send the event. 6398 * 6399 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6400 */ 6401 static inline struct sk_buff * 6402 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 6403 { 6404 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6405 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 6406 approxlen, gfp); 6407 } 6408 6409 /** 6410 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 6411 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6412 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 6413 * @gfp: allocation flags 6414 * 6415 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6416 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 6417 * consumes it. 6418 */ 6419 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6420 { 6421 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6422 } 6423 6424 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 6425 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 6426 #else 6427 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 6428 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 6429 #endif 6430 6431 /** 6432 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 6433 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 6434 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 6435 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 6436 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 6437 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 6438 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 6439 * status for a FILS connection. 6440 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6441 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 6442 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 6443 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6444 */ 6445 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 6446 const u8 *kek; 6447 size_t kek_len; 6448 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 6449 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 6450 const u8 *pmk; 6451 size_t pmk_len; 6452 const u8 *pmkid; 6453 }; 6454 6455 /** 6456 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 6457 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6458 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6459 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6460 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6461 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6462 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6463 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6464 * case. 6465 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 6466 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6467 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6468 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6469 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6470 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6471 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6472 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 6473 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 6474 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6475 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 6476 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 6477 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6478 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6479 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6480 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6481 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6482 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6483 */ 6484 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 6485 int status; 6486 const u8 *bssid; 6487 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6488 const u8 *req_ie; 6489 size_t req_ie_len; 6490 const u8 *resp_ie; 6491 size_t resp_ie_len; 6492 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6493 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 6494 }; 6495 6496 /** 6497 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6498 * 6499 * @dev: network device 6500 * @params: connection response parameters 6501 * @gfp: allocation flags 6502 * 6503 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6504 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6505 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 6506 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 6507 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 6508 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6509 */ 6510 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 6511 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 6512 gfp_t gfp); 6513 6514 /** 6515 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6516 * 6517 * @dev: network device 6518 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6519 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6520 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6521 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6522 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6523 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6524 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6525 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6526 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6527 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6528 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6529 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6530 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6531 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6532 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6533 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6534 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6535 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6536 * case. 6537 * @gfp: allocation flags 6538 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6539 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6540 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6541 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6542 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6543 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6544 * 6545 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6546 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6547 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 6548 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 6549 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6550 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6551 */ 6552 static inline void 6553 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6554 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 6555 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 6556 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 6557 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6558 { 6559 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 6560 6561 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 6562 params.status = status; 6563 params.bssid = bssid; 6564 params.bss = bss; 6565 params.req_ie = req_ie; 6566 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 6567 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 6568 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 6569 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 6570 6571 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 6572 } 6573 6574 /** 6575 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6576 * 6577 * @dev: network device 6578 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6579 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6580 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6581 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6582 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6583 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6584 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6585 * the real status code for failures. 6586 * @gfp: allocation flags 6587 * 6588 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6589 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6590 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 6591 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6592 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6593 */ 6594 static inline void 6595 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6596 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 6597 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 6598 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 6599 { 6600 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 6601 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 6602 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 6603 } 6604 6605 /** 6606 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 6607 * 6608 * @dev: network device 6609 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6610 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6611 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6612 * @gfp: allocation flags 6613 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 6614 * 6615 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 6616 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 6617 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 6618 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 6619 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 6620 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6621 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6622 */ 6623 static inline void 6624 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6625 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 6626 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6627 { 6628 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 6629 gfp, timeout_reason); 6630 } 6631 6632 /** 6633 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 6634 * 6635 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 6636 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 6637 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 6638 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6639 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6640 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6641 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6642 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 6643 */ 6644 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 6645 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 6646 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6647 const u8 *bssid; 6648 const u8 *req_ie; 6649 size_t req_ie_len; 6650 const u8 *resp_ie; 6651 size_t resp_ie_len; 6652 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6653 }; 6654 6655 /** 6656 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 6657 * 6658 * @dev: network device 6659 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 6660 * @gfp: allocation flags 6661 * 6662 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 6663 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 6664 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 6665 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 6666 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 6667 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 6668 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 6669 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 6670 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 6671 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 6672 */ 6673 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 6674 gfp_t gfp); 6675 6676 /** 6677 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 6678 * 6679 * @dev: network device 6680 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6681 * @gfp: allocation flags 6682 * 6683 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 6684 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 6685 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 6686 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 6687 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 6688 * indicate the 802.11 association. 6689 */ 6690 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6691 gfp_t gfp); 6692 6693 /** 6694 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 6695 * 6696 * @dev: network device 6697 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 6698 * @ie_len: length of IEs 6699 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 6700 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 6701 * @gfp: allocation flags 6702 * 6703 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 6704 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 6705 */ 6706 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 6707 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 6708 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 6709 6710 /** 6711 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 6712 * @wdev: wireless device 6713 * @cookie: the request cookie 6714 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6715 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 6716 * channel 6717 * @gfp: allocation flags 6718 */ 6719 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6720 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6721 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 6722 6723 /** 6724 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 6725 * @wdev: wireless device 6726 * @cookie: the request cookie 6727 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6728 * @gfp: allocation flags 6729 */ 6730 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6731 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6732 gfp_t gfp); 6733 6734 /** 6735 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 6736 * @wdev: wireless device 6737 * @cookie: the requested cookie 6738 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 6739 * @gfp: allocation flags 6740 */ 6741 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6742 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 6743 6744 /** 6745 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 6746 * 6747 * @sinfo: the station information 6748 * @gfp: allocation flags 6749 */ 6750 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6751 6752 /** 6753 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 6754 * @sinfo: the station information 6755 * 6756 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 6757 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 6758 * the stack.) 6759 */ 6760 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 6761 { 6762 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 6763 } 6764 6765 /** 6766 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 6767 * 6768 * @dev: the netdev 6769 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6770 * @sinfo: the station information 6771 * @gfp: allocation flags 6772 */ 6773 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6774 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6775 6776 /** 6777 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6778 * @dev: the netdev 6779 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6780 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 6781 * @gfp: allocation flags 6782 */ 6783 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6784 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6785 6786 /** 6787 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6788 * 6789 * @dev: the netdev 6790 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6791 * @gfp: allocation flags 6792 */ 6793 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 6794 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 6795 { 6796 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 6797 } 6798 6799 /** 6800 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 6801 * 6802 * @dev: the netdev 6803 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6804 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 6805 * @gfp: allocation flags 6806 * 6807 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 6808 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 6809 * for some reasons, this function is called. 6810 * 6811 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 6812 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 6813 */ 6814 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6815 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 6816 gfp_t gfp); 6817 6818 /** 6819 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 6820 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6821 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 6822 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6823 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6824 * @len: length of the frame data 6825 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 6826 * 6827 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 6828 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 6829 * 6830 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 6831 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 6832 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 6833 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 6834 */ 6835 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 6836 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 6837 6838 /** 6839 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 6840 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6841 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 6842 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6843 * @len: length of the frame data 6844 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 6845 * @gfp: context flags 6846 * 6847 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 6848 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 6849 * transmission attempt. 6850 */ 6851 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6852 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 6853 6854 6855 /** 6856 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 6857 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6858 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 6859 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 6860 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 6861 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 6862 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 6863 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 6864 * 6865 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 6866 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 6867 * control port frames over nl80211. 6868 * 6869 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 6870 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 6871 * 6872 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 6873 */ 6874 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 6875 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 6876 6877 /** 6878 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 6879 * @dev: network device 6880 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 6881 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 6882 * @gfp: context flags 6883 * 6884 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 6885 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 6886 */ 6887 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6888 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 6889 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 6890 6891 /** 6892 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 6893 * @dev: network device 6894 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6895 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 6896 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 6897 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 6898 * @gfp: context flags 6899 */ 6900 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6901 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 6902 6903 /** 6904 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 6905 * @dev: network device 6906 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6907 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 6908 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 6909 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 6910 * @gfp: context flags 6911 * 6912 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 6913 * given interval is exceeded. 6914 */ 6915 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6916 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 6917 6918 /** 6919 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 6920 * @dev: network device 6921 * @gfp: context flags 6922 * 6923 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 6924 */ 6925 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 6926 6927 /** 6928 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 6929 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6930 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6931 * @gfp: context flags 6932 * 6933 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 6934 */ 6935 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6936 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 6937 6938 /** 6939 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 6940 * @dev: network device 6941 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 6942 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 6943 * @gfp: context flags 6944 * 6945 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 6946 * frame. 6947 */ 6948 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 6949 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 6950 gfp_t gfp); 6951 6952 /** 6953 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 6954 * @netdev: network device 6955 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6956 * @event: type of event 6957 * @gfp: context flags 6958 * 6959 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 6960 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 6961 * also by full-MAC drivers. 6962 */ 6963 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 6964 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6965 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 6966 6967 6968 /** 6969 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 6970 * @dev: network device 6971 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 6972 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 6973 * @gfp: allocation flags 6974 */ 6975 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6976 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 6977 6978 /** 6979 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 6980 * @dev: network device 6981 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 6982 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 6983 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 6984 * @gfp: allocation flags 6985 */ 6986 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 6987 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 6988 6989 /** 6990 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 6991 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6992 * @addr: the transmitter address 6993 * @gfp: context flags 6994 * 6995 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6996 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 6997 * sender. 6998 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6999 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7000 */ 7001 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7002 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7003 7004 /** 7005 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 7006 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7007 * @addr: the transmitter address 7008 * @gfp: context flags 7009 * 7010 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7011 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 7012 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 7013 * station to avoid event flooding. 7014 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7015 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7016 */ 7017 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7018 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7019 7020 /** 7021 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 7022 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 7023 * @addr: the address of the peer 7024 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 7025 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 7026 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 7027 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 7028 * @gfp: allocation flags 7029 */ 7030 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7031 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 7032 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 7033 7034 /** 7035 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 7036 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7037 * @frame: the frame 7038 * @len: length of the frame 7039 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 7040 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7041 * 7042 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7043 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7044 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7045 */ 7046 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7047 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 7048 int freq, int sig_dbm); 7049 7050 /** 7051 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 7052 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7053 * @chandef: the channel definition 7054 * @iftype: interface type 7055 * 7056 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7057 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 7058 */ 7059 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7060 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7061 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7062 7063 /** 7064 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 7065 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7066 * @chandef: the channel definition 7067 * @iftype: interface type 7068 * 7069 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7070 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 7071 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 7072 * more permissive conditions. 7073 * 7074 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 7075 */ 7076 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7077 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7078 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7079 7080 /* 7081 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 7082 * @dev: the device which switched channels 7083 * @chandef: the new channel definition 7084 * 7085 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 7086 * driver context! 7087 */ 7088 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7089 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 7090 7091 /* 7092 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 7093 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 7094 * @chandef: the future channel definition 7095 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 7096 * 7097 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 7098 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 7099 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 7100 */ 7101 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7102 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7103 u8 count); 7104 7105 /** 7106 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 7107 * 7108 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 7109 * @band: band pointer to fill 7110 * 7111 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7112 */ 7113 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 7114 enum nl80211_band *band); 7115 7116 /** 7117 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 7118 * 7119 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7120 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 7121 * 7122 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7123 */ 7124 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7125 u8 *op_class); 7126 7127 /* 7128 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 7129 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 7130 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 7131 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 7132 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 7133 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 7134 * @gfp: allocation flags 7135 * 7136 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 7137 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 7138 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 7139 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 7140 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 7141 */ 7142 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7143 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 7144 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 7145 7146 /* 7147 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 7148 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 7149 * 7150 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 7151 */ 7152 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 7153 7154 /** 7155 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 7156 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 7157 * 7158 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned, 7159 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that 7160 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function 7161 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by 7162 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also 7163 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. 7164 * when the device is unbound from the driver. 7165 * 7166 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 7167 */ 7168 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 7169 7170 /** 7171 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements 7172 * @ies: FT IEs 7173 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 7174 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 7175 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 7176 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 7177 */ 7178 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 7179 const u8 *ies; 7180 size_t ies_len; 7181 const u8 *target_ap; 7182 const u8 *ric_ies; 7183 size_t ric_ies_len; 7184 }; 7185 7186 /** 7187 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 7188 * @netdev: network device 7189 * @ft_event: IE information 7190 */ 7191 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7192 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 7193 7194 /** 7195 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 7196 * @ies: the input IE buffer 7197 * @len: the input length 7198 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 7199 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 7200 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 7201 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 7202 * 7203 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 7204 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 7205 * 7206 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 7207 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 7208 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 7209 */ 7210 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7211 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 7212 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 7213 7214 /** 7215 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 7216 * @ies: the IE buffer 7217 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7218 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7219 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7220 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7221 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7222 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 7223 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 7224 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7225 * 7226 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7227 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7228 * split. 7229 * 7230 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7231 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7232 * 7233 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7234 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7235 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7236 * 7237 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7238 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7239 * of the buffer should be used. 7240 */ 7241 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7242 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 7243 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 7244 size_t offset); 7245 7246 /** 7247 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 7248 * @ies: the IE buffer 7249 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7250 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7251 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7252 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7253 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7254 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7255 * 7256 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7257 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7258 * split. 7259 * 7260 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7261 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7262 * 7263 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7264 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7265 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7266 * 7267 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7268 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7269 * of the buffer should be used. 7270 */ 7271 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7272 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 7273 { 7274 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 7275 } 7276 7277 /** 7278 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 7279 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 7280 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 7281 * @gfp: allocation flags 7282 * 7283 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 7284 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 7285 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 7286 * else caused the wakeup. 7287 */ 7288 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7289 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 7290 gfp_t gfp); 7291 7292 /** 7293 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 7294 * 7295 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 7296 * @gfp: allocation flags 7297 * 7298 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 7299 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 7300 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 7301 */ 7302 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 7303 7304 /** 7305 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 7306 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7307 * 7308 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 7309 */ 7310 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7311 7312 /** 7313 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 7314 * 7315 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7316 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7317 * 7318 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 7319 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 7320 * the interface combinations. 7321 */ 7322 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7323 struct iface_combination_params *params); 7324 7325 /** 7326 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 7327 * 7328 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7329 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7330 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 7331 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 7332 * 7333 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 7334 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 7335 * purposes. 7336 */ 7337 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7338 struct iface_combination_params *params, 7339 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 7340 void *data), 7341 void *data); 7342 7343 /* 7344 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 7345 * 7346 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7347 * @wdev: wireless device 7348 * @gfp: context flags 7349 * 7350 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 7351 * disconnected. 7352 * 7353 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 7354 */ 7355 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7356 gfp_t gfp); 7357 7358 /** 7359 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 7360 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 7361 * 7362 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 7363 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 7364 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 7365 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 7366 * 7367 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 7368 * the driver while the function is running. 7369 */ 7370 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7371 7372 /** 7373 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 7374 * 7375 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7376 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7377 * 7378 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7379 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7380 */ 7381 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7382 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7383 { 7384 u8 *ft_byte; 7385 7386 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7387 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 7388 } 7389 7390 /** 7391 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 7392 * 7393 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7394 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7395 * 7396 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7397 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7398 */ 7399 static inline bool 7400 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7401 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7402 { 7403 u8 ft_byte; 7404 7405 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7406 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 7407 } 7408 7409 /** 7410 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 7411 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 7412 * 7413 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 7414 */ 7415 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 7416 7417 /** 7418 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 7419 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 7420 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 7421 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 7422 * result. 7423 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 7424 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7425 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 7426 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 7427 * @info_len: the length of the &info 7428 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 7429 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 7430 */ 7431 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 7432 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 7433 u8 inst_id; 7434 u8 peer_inst_id; 7435 const u8 *addr; 7436 u8 info_len; 7437 const u8 *info; 7438 u64 cookie; 7439 }; 7440 7441 /** 7442 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 7443 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7444 * @match: match notification parameters 7445 * @gfp: allocation flags 7446 * 7447 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 7448 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 7449 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 7450 */ 7451 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7452 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 7453 7454 /** 7455 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 7456 * 7457 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7458 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7459 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 7460 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 7461 * @gfp: allocation flags 7462 * 7463 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 7464 */ 7465 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7466 u8 inst_id, 7467 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 7468 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 7469 7470 /* ethtool helper */ 7471 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 7472 7473 /** 7474 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 7475 * @netdev: network device 7476 * @params: External authentication parameters 7477 * @gfp: allocation flags 7478 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 7479 */ 7480 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 7481 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 7482 gfp_t gfp); 7483 7484 /** 7485 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 7486 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7487 * @req: the original measurement request 7488 * @result: the result data 7489 * @gfp: allocation flags 7490 */ 7491 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7492 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7493 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 7494 gfp_t gfp); 7495 7496 /** 7497 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 7498 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7499 * @req: the original measurement request 7500 * @gfp: allocation flags 7501 * 7502 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 7503 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 7504 */ 7505 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7506 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7507 gfp_t gfp); 7508 7509 /** 7510 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 7511 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7512 * @iftype: interface type 7513 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 7514 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 7515 * 7516 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 7517 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 7518 * check_swif is '1'. 7519 */ 7520 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7521 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 7522 7523 7524 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 7525 7526 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 7527 7528 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 7529 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7530 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7531 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7532 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7533 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7534 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7535 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7536 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7537 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7538 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7539 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7540 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7541 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7542 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7543 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7544 7545 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7546 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7547 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7548 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7549 7550 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7551 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 7552 7553 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7554 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7555 7556 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 7557 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 7558 #else 7559 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7560 ({ \ 7561 if (0) \ 7562 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 7563 0; \ 7564 }) 7565 #endif 7566 7567 /* 7568 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 7569 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 7570 * file/line information and a backtrace. 7571 */ 7572 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7573 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 7574 7575 /** 7576 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 7577 * @netdev: network device 7578 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 7579 * @gfp: allocation flags 7580 */ 7581 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7582 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 7583 gfp_t gfp); 7584 7585 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 7586